projects / wxWidgets.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Fix wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow() logic for multicells.
[wxWidgets.git] / src / generic / grid.cpp
1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp
3 // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
4 // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
6 // Created: 1/08/1999
7 // RCS-ID: $Id$
8 // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
9 // Licence: wxWindows licence
10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11
12 /*
13 TODO:
14
15 - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
16 - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
17 - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
18 - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
19 */
20
21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
23
24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
25 #pragma hdrstop
26 #endif
27
28 #if wxUSE_GRID
29
30 #include "wx/grid.h"
31
32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
33 #include "wx/utils.h"
34 #include "wx/dcclient.h"
35 #include "wx/settings.h"
36 #include "wx/log.h"
37 #include "wx/textctrl.h"
38 #include "wx/checkbox.h"
39 #include "wx/combobox.h"
40 #include "wx/valtext.h"
41 #include "wx/intl.h"
42 #include "wx/math.h"
43 #include "wx/listbox.h"
44 #endif
45
46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
51 #include "wx/hashset.h"
52
53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
54 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
55 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
56 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
57
58 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
59
60 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
61 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
62 #else
63 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier
64 #endif
65
66 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
67 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
68 #else
69 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier
70 #endif
71
72 // Required for wxIs... functions
73 #include <ctype.h>
74
75 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
76 wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
77
78
79 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 // globals
81 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
82
83 namespace
84 {
85
86 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
87 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
88 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
89 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
90 #endif
91
92 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
93 //
94 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
95 // globals
96 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
97 {
98 wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
99 wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
100 wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
101 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
102
103 } // anonymous namespace
104
105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
106 // constants
107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
108
109 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
110 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
111
112 namespace
113 {
114
115 // scroll line size
116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
117 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
118
119 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
120 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
121 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
122
123 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
124 // operation
125 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
126
127 } // anonymous namespace
128
129 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
130
131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
132 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
133
134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
135 // events
136 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
137
138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
158
159 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
160 // private helpers
161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
162
163 namespace
164 {
165
166 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
167 // necessary
168 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
169 {
170 if ( first > second )
171 wxSwap(first, second);
172 }
173
174 } // anonymous namespace
175
176 // ============================================================================
177 // implementation
178 // ============================================================================
179
180 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
181
182 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
183 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
184 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
185 EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
186 END_EVENT_TABLE()
187
188 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
189 EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
190 EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick)
191 EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick)
192
193 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
194 EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
195 EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
196
197 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
198 EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
199 END_EVENT_TABLE()
200
201 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
202 {
203 static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
204
205 return s_colOper;
206 }
207
208 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
209 {
210 static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
211
212 return s_rowOper;
213 }
214
215 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
216 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
217 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
218 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
219
220 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
221 {
222 // nothing to do
223 }
224
225 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
226 {
227 }
228
229 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
230 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
232
233 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
234 wxDC& dc,
235 const wxString& value,
236 const wxRect& rect,
237 int horizAlign,
238 int vertAlign,
239 int textOrientation) const
240 {
241 dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
242 dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
243 dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
244 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
245 }
246
247
248 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
249 wxDC& dc,
250 wxRect& rect) const
251 {
252 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
253 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
254 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
255 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
256 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
257 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
258 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
259
260 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
261 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
262 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
263 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
264 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
265
266 rect.Deflate(2);
267 }
268
269 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
270 wxDC& dc,
271 wxRect& rect) const
272 {
273 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
274 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
275 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
276 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
277 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
278 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
279 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
280
281 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
282 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
283 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
284 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
285 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
286
287 rect.Deflate(2);
288 }
289
290 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
291 wxDC& dc,
292 wxRect& rect) const
293 {
294 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
295 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
296 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
297 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
298 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
299 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
300 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
301 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
302 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
303
304 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
305 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
306 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
307 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
308 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
309
310 rect.Deflate(2);
311 }
312
313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
314 // wxGridCellAttr
315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
316
317 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
318 {
319 m_isReadOnly = Unset;
320
321 m_renderer = NULL;
322 m_editor = NULL;
323
324 m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
325
326 m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
327 m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
328
329 SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
330 }
331
332 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
333 {
334 wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
335
336 if ( HasTextColour() )
337 attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
338 if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
339 attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
340 if ( HasFont() )
341 attr->SetFont(GetFont());
342 if ( HasAlignment() )
343 attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
344
345 attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
346
347 if ( m_renderer )
348 {
349 attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
350 m_renderer->IncRef();
351 }
352 if ( m_editor )
353 {
354 attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
355 m_editor->IncRef();
356 }
357
358 if ( IsReadOnly() )
359 attr->SetReadOnly();
360
361 attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
362 attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
363
364 return attr;
365 }
366
367 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
368 {
369 if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
370 SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
371 if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
372 SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
373 if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
374 SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
375 if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
376 {
377 int hAlign, vAlign;
378 mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
379 SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
380 }
381 if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
382 mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
383
384 // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
385 // m_renderer/m_editor
386 //
387 // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
388 if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
389 {
390 m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
391 m_renderer->IncRef();
392 }
393 if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
394 {
395 m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor;
396 m_editor->IncRef();
397 }
398 if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
399 SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
400
401 if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
402 SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
403
404 SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
405 }
406
407 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
408 {
409 // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
410
411 // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
412 // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
413 // set to negative or zero values such that
414 // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
415 // same goes for the col + num_cols.
416
417 // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
418
419 wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
420 !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
421 !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
422 wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values"));
423
424 m_sizeRows = num_rows;
425 m_sizeCols = num_cols;
426 }
427
428 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
429 {
430 if (HasTextColour())
431 {
432 return m_colText;
433 }
434 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
435 {
436 return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
437 }
438 else
439 {
440 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
441 return wxNullColour;
442 }
443 }
444
445 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
446 {
447 if (HasBackgroundColour())
448 {
449 return m_colBack;
450 }
451 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
452 {
453 return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
454 }
455 else
456 {
457 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
458 return wxNullColour;
459 }
460 }
461
462 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
463 {
464 if (HasFont())
465 {
466 return m_font;
467 }
468 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
469 {
470 return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
471 }
472 else
473 {
474 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
475 return wxNullFont;
476 }
477 }
478
479 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
480 {
481 if (HasAlignment())
482 {
483 if ( hAlign )
484 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
485 if ( vAlign )
486 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
487 }
488 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
489 {
490 m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
491 }
492 else
493 {
494 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
495 }
496 }
497
498 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
499 {
500 if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
501 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
502
503 if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
504 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
505 }
506
507 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
508 {
509 if ( num_rows )
510 *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
511 if ( num_cols )
512 *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
513 }
514
515 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
516 // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is
517 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
518 // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is
519 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
520 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
521
522 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
523 {
524 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
525
526 if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
527 {
528 // use the cells renderer if it has one
529 renderer = m_renderer;
530 renderer->IncRef();
531 }
532 else // no non-default cell renderer
533 {
534 // get default renderer for the data type
535 if ( grid )
536 {
537 // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
538 renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
539 }
540
541 if ( renderer == NULL )
542 {
543 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
544 {
545 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
546 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
547 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
548 }
549 else // default grid attr
550 {
551 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
552 renderer = m_renderer;
553 if ( renderer )
554 renderer->IncRef();
555 }
556 }
557 }
558
559 // we're supposed to always find something
560 wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
561
562 return renderer;
563 }
564
565 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
566 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
567 {
568 wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
569
570 if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
571 {
572 // use the cells editor if it has one
573 editor = m_editor;
574 editor->IncRef();
575 }
576 else // no non default cell editor
577 {
578 // get default editor for the data type
579 if ( grid )
580 {
581 // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
582 editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
583 }
584
585 if ( editor == NULL )
586 {
587 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
588 {
589 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
590 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
591 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
592 }
593 else // default grid attr
594 {
595 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
596 editor = m_editor;
597 if ( editor )
598 editor->IncRef();
599 }
600 }
601 }
602
603 // we're supposed to always find something
604 wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
605
606 return editor;
607 }
608
609 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
610 // wxGridCellAttrData
611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
612
613 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
614 {
615 // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
616 // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
617 // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
618 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
619 if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
620 {
621 if ( attr )
622 {
623 // add the attribute
624 m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
625 }
626 //else: nothing to do
627 }
628 else // we already have an attribute for this cell
629 {
630 if ( attr )
631 {
632 // change the attribute
633 m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
634 }
635 else
636 {
637 // remove this attribute
638 m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
639 }
640 }
641 }
642
643 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
644 {
645 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
646
647 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
648 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
649 {
650 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
651 attr->IncRef();
652 }
653
654 return attr;
655 }
656
657 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
658 {
659 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
660 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
661 {
662 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
663 wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
664 if ((size_t)row >= pos)
665 {
666 if (numRows > 0)
667 {
668 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
669 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
670 }
671 else if (numRows < 0)
672 {
673 // If rows deleted ...
674 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
675 {
676 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
677 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
678 }
679 else
680 {
681 // ...or remove the attribute
682 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
683 n--;
684 count--;
685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690
691 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
692 {
693 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
694 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
695 {
696 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
697 wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
698 if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
699 {
700 if ( numCols > 0 )
701 {
702 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
703 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
704 }
705 else if (numCols < 0)
706 {
707 // If rows deleted ...
708 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
709 {
710 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
711 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
712 }
713 else
714 {
715 // ...or remove the attribute
716 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
717 n--;
718 count--;
719 }
720 }
721 }
722 }
723 }
724
725 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
726 {
727 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
728 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
729 {
730 const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
731 if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
732 {
733 return n;
734 }
735 }
736
737 return wxNOT_FOUND;
738 }
739
740 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
741 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
743
744 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
745 {
746 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
747 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
748 {
749 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
750 }
751 }
752
753 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
754 {
755 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
756
757 int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
758 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
759 {
760 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
761 attr->IncRef();
762 }
763
764 return attr;
765 }
766
767 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
768 {
769 int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
770 if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
771 {
772 if ( attr )
773 {
774 // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
775 m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
776 m_attrs.Add(attr);
777 }
778 // nothing to remove
779 }
780 else // we have an attribute for this row or column
781 {
782 size_t n = (size_t)i;
783
784 // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
785 // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
786 // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
787 // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
788 // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
789 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
790
791 if ( attr )
792 {
793 // replace the attribute with the new one
794 m_attrs[n] = attr;
795 }
796 else // remove the attribute
797 {
798 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
799 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
800 }
801 }
802 }
803
804 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
805 {
806 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
807 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
808 {
809 int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
810 if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
811 {
812 if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
813 {
814 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
815 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
816 }
817 else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
818 {
819 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
820 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
821 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
822 else
823 {
824 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
825 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
826 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
827 n--;
828 count--;
829 }
830 }
831 }
832 }
833 }
834
835 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
836 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
838
839 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
840 {
841 m_data = NULL;
842 }
843
844 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
845 {
846 delete m_data;
847 }
848
849 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
850 {
851 m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
852 }
853
854 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
855 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const
856 {
857 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
858 if ( m_data )
859 {
860 switch (kind)
861 {
862 case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
863 // Get cached merge attributes.
864 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
865 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
866 if (!attr)
867 {
868 // Basically implement old version.
869 // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
870 wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
871 wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
872 wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
873
874 if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
875 {
876 // Two or more are non NULL
877 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
878 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
879
880 // Order is important..
881 if (attrcell)
882 {
883 attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
884 attrcell->DecRef();
885 }
886 if (attrcol)
887 {
888 attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
889 attrcol->DecRef();
890 }
891 if (attrrow)
892 {
893 attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
894 attrrow->DecRef();
895 }
896
897 // store merge attr if cache implemented
898 //attr->IncRef();
899 //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
900 }
901 else
902 {
903 // one or none is non null return it or null.
904 if (attrrow)
905 attr = attrrow;
906 if (attrcol)
907 {
908 if (attr)
909 attr->DecRef();
910 attr = attrcol;
911 }
912 if (attrcell)
913 {
914 if (attr)
915 attr->DecRef();
916 attr = attrcell;
917 }
918 }
919 }
920 break;
921
922 case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
923 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
924 break;
925
926 case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
927 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
928 break;
929
930 case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
931 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
932 break;
933
934 default:
935 // unused as yet...
936 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
937 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
938 break;
939 }
940 }
941
942 return attr;
943 }
944
945 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
946 int row, int col)
947 {
948 if ( !m_data )
949 InitData();
950
951 m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
952 }
953
954 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
955 {
956 if ( !m_data )
957 InitData();
958
959 m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
960 }
961
962 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
963 {
964 if ( !m_data )
965 InitData();
966
967 m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
968 }
969
970 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
971 {
972 if ( m_data )
973 {
974 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
975
976 m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
977 }
978 }
979
980 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
981 {
982 if ( m_data )
983 {
984 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
985
986 m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
987 }
988 }
989
990 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
991 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
992 {
993 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
994 }
995
996 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
997 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
998 {
999 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
1000 }
1001
1002 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
1003 {
1004 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
1005 }
1006
1007 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008 // wxGridTableBase
1009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010
1011 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
1012
1013 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
1014 {
1015 m_view = NULL;
1016 m_attrProvider = NULL;
1017 }
1018
1019 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1020 {
1021 delete m_attrProvider;
1022 }
1023
1024 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1025 {
1026 delete m_attrProvider;
1027 m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1028 }
1029
1030 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1031 {
1032 if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1033 {
1034 // use the default attr provider by default
1035 SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1036 }
1037
1038 return true;
1039 }
1040
1041 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind)
1042 {
1043 if ( m_attrProvider )
1044 return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1045 else
1046 return NULL;
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1050 {
1051 if ( m_attrProvider )
1052 {
1053 if ( attr )
1054 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1055 m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1056 }
1057 else
1058 {
1059 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1060 // free it now
1061 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1066 {
1067 if ( m_attrProvider )
1068 {
1069 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1070 m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1071 }
1072 else
1073 {
1074 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1075 // free it now
1076 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1077 }
1078 }
1079
1080 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1081 {
1082 if ( m_attrProvider )
1083 {
1084 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1085 m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1086 }
1087 else
1088 {
1089 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1090 // free it now
1091 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1092 }
1093 }
1094
1095 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1096 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1097 {
1098 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1099
1100 return false;
1101 }
1102
1103 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1104 {
1105 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1106
1107 return false;
1108 }
1109
1110 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1111 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1112 {
1113 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1114
1115 return false;
1116 }
1117
1118 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1119 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1120 {
1121 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1122
1123 return false;
1124 }
1125
1126 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1127 {
1128 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1129
1130 return false;
1131 }
1132
1133 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1134 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1135 {
1136 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1137
1138 return false;
1139 }
1140
1141 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1142 {
1143 wxString s;
1144
1145 // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1146 // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1147 s << row + 1;
1148
1149 return s;
1150 }
1151
1152 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1153 {
1154 // default col labels are:
1155 // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z
1156 // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1157 // etc.
1158
1159 wxString s;
1160 unsigned int i, n;
1161 for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1162 {
1163 s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1164 col = col / 26 - 1;
1165 if ( col < 0 )
1166 break;
1167 }
1168
1169 // reverse the string...
1170 wxString s2;
1171 for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1172 {
1173 s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1174 }
1175
1176 return s2;
1177 }
1178
1179 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1180 {
1181 return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1182 }
1183
1184 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1185 const wxString& typeName )
1186 {
1187 return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1188 }
1189
1190 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1191 {
1192 return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1193 }
1194
1195 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1196 {
1197 return 0;
1198 }
1199
1200 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1201 {
1202 return 0.0;
1203 }
1204
1205 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1206 {
1207 return false;
1208 }
1209
1210 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1211 long WXUNUSED(value) )
1212 {
1213 }
1214
1215 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1216 double WXUNUSED(value) )
1217 {
1218 }
1219
1220 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1221 bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1222 {
1223 }
1224
1225 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1226 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1227 {
1228 return NULL;
1229 }
1230
1231 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1232 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1233 void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1234 {
1235 }
1236
1237 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1238 //
1239 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1240 // to the grid view
1241 //
1242
1243 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1244 {
1245 m_table = NULL;
1246 m_id = -1;
1247 m_comInt1 = -1;
1248 m_comInt2 = -1;
1249 }
1250
1251 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1252 int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1253 {
1254 m_table = table;
1255 m_id = id;
1256 m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1257 m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1258 }
1259
1260 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1261 //
1262 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1263 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1264 //
1265
1266 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1267
1268 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1269
1270 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1271 : wxGridTableBase()
1272 {
1273 m_numCols = 0;
1274 }
1275
1276 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1277 : wxGridTableBase()
1278 {
1279 m_numCols = numCols;
1280
1281 m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1282
1283 wxArrayString sa;
1284 sa.Alloc( numCols );
1285 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1286
1287 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1288 }
1289
1290 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1291 {
1292 wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1293 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1294 wxEmptyString,
1295 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1296
1297 return m_data[row][col];
1298 }
1299
1300 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1301 {
1302 wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1303 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1304 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1305
1306 m_data[row][col] = value;
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1310 {
1311 int row, col;
1312 int numRows, numCols;
1313
1314 numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1315 if ( numRows > 0 )
1316 {
1317 numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1318
1319 for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1320 {
1321 for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1322 {
1323 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1324 }
1325 }
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1330 {
1331 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1332 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1333 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1334
1335 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1336 {
1337 return AppendRows( numRows );
1338 }
1339
1340 wxArrayString sa;
1341 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1342 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1343 m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1344
1345 if ( GetView() )
1346 {
1347 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1348 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1349 pos,
1350 numRows );
1351
1352 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1353 }
1354
1355 return true;
1356 }
1357
1358 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1359 {
1360 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1361 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1362 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1363 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1364
1365 wxArrayString sa;
1366 if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1367 {
1368 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1369 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1370 }
1371
1372 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1373
1374 if ( GetView() )
1375 {
1376 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1377 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1378 numRows );
1379
1380 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1381 }
1382
1383 return true;
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1387 {
1388 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1389
1390 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1391 {
1392 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1393 (
1394 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1395 (unsigned long)pos,
1396 (unsigned long)numRows,
1397 (unsigned long)curNumRows
1398 ) );
1399
1400 return false;
1401 }
1402
1403 if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1404 {
1405 numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1406 }
1407
1408 if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1409 {
1410 m_data.Clear();
1411 }
1412 else
1413 {
1414 m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1415 }
1416
1417 if ( GetView() )
1418 {
1419 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1420 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1421 pos,
1422 numRows );
1423
1424 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1425 }
1426
1427 return true;
1428 }
1429
1430 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1431 {
1432 size_t row, col;
1433
1434 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1435 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1436 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1437 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1438
1439 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1440 {
1441 return AppendCols( numCols );
1442 }
1443
1444 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1445 {
1446 m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1447
1448 size_t i;
1449 for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1450 m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1451 }
1452
1453 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1454 {
1455 for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1456 {
1457 m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1458 }
1459 }
1460
1461 m_numCols += numCols;
1462
1463 if ( GetView() )
1464 {
1465 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1466 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1467 pos,
1468 numCols );
1469
1470 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1471 }
1472
1473 return true;
1474 }
1475
1476 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1477 {
1478 size_t row;
1479
1480 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1481
1482 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1483 {
1484 m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1485 }
1486
1487 m_numCols += numCols;
1488
1489 if ( GetView() )
1490 {
1491 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1492 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1493 numCols );
1494
1495 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1496 }
1497
1498 return true;
1499 }
1500
1501 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1502 {
1503 size_t row;
1504
1505 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1506 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1507 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1508
1509 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1510 {
1511 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1512 (
1513 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1514 (unsigned long)pos,
1515 (unsigned long)numCols,
1516 (unsigned long)curNumCols
1517 ) );
1518 return false;
1519 }
1520
1521 int colID;
1522 if ( GetView() )
1523 colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1524 else
1525 colID = pos;
1526
1527 if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1528 {
1529 numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1530 }
1531
1532 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1533 {
1534 // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1535 // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1536 // element and not numCols, so account for it
1537 int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1538 if (numRemaining > 0)
1539 m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) );
1540 }
1541
1542 if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1543 {
1544 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1545 {
1546 m_data[row].Clear();
1547 }
1548
1549 m_numCols = 0;
1550 }
1551 else // something will be left
1552 {
1553 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1554 {
1555 m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1556 }
1557
1558 m_numCols -= numCols;
1559 }
1560
1561 if ( GetView() )
1562 {
1563 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1564 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1565 pos,
1566 numCols );
1567
1568 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1569 }
1570
1571 return true;
1572 }
1573
1574 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1575 {
1576 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1577 {
1578 // using default label
1579 //
1580 return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1581 }
1582 else
1583 {
1584 return m_rowLabels[row];
1585 }
1586 }
1587
1588 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1589 {
1590 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1591 {
1592 // using default label
1593 //
1594 return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1595 }
1596 else
1597 {
1598 return m_colLabels[col];
1599 }
1600 }
1601
1602 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1603 {
1604 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1605 {
1606 int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1607 int i;
1608
1609 for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1610 {
1611 m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1612 }
1613 }
1614
1615 m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1616 }
1617
1618 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1619 {
1620 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1621 {
1622 int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1623 int i;
1624
1625 for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1626 {
1627 m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1628 }
1629 }
1630
1631 m_colLabels[col] = value;
1632 }
1633
1634
1635 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1636 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1637
1638 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1639 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1640 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1641
1642 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1643 {
1644 m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1645 }
1646
1647 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1648 EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1649 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1650 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1651 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1652
1653 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1654 {
1655 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1656
1657 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1658 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1659 // set the y coord - MB
1660 //
1661 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1662
1663 int x, y;
1664 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1665 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1666 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1667
1668 wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1669 m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1670 }
1671
1672 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1673 {
1674 m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1675 }
1676
1677 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1678 {
1679 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1680 event.Skip();
1681 }
1682
1683 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1684
1685 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1686 EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1687 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1688 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1689 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1690
1691 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1692 {
1693 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1694
1695 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1696 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1697 // set the x coord - MB
1698 //
1699 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1700
1701 int x, y;
1702 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1703 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1704 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1705 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1706 else
1707 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1708
1709 wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1710 m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1711 }
1712
1713 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1714 {
1715 m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1716 }
1717
1718 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1719 {
1720 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1721 event.Skip();
1722 }
1723
1724 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1725
1726 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1727 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1728 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1729 EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1730 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1731
1732 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1733 {
1734 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1735
1736 m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1737 }
1738
1739 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1740 {
1741 m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1742 }
1743
1744 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1745 {
1746 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1747 event.Skip();
1748 }
1749
1750 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1751
1752 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1753 EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1754 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1755 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1756 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1757 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1758 EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1759 EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1760 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1761 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1762 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1763
1764 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1765 {
1766 wxPaintDC dc( this );
1767 m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1768 wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1769 wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1770 m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1771
1772 m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1773
1774 m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1775
1776 m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1777 }
1778
1779 void wxGrid::Render( wxDC& dc,
1780 const wxPoint& position,
1781 const wxSize& size,
1782 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1783 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1784 int style )
1785 {
1786 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetCol() < GetNumberCols(),
1787 "Invalid right column" );
1788 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetRow() < GetNumberRows(),
1789 "Invalid bottom row" );
1790
1791 // store user settings and reset later
1792
1793 // remove grid selection, don't paint selection colour
1794 // unless we have wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION
1795 // block selections are the only ones catered for here
1796 wxGridCellCoordsArray selectedCells;
1797 bool hasSelection = IsSelection();
1798 if ( hasSelection && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1799 {
1800 selectedCells = GetSelectionBlockTopLeft();
1801 // non block selections may not have a bottom right
1802 if ( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight().size() )
1803 selectedCells.Add( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight()[ 0 ] );
1804
1805 ClearSelection();
1806 }
1807
1808 // store user device origin
1809 wxCoord userOriginX, userOriginY;
1810 dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &userOriginX, &userOriginY );
1811
1812 // store user scale
1813 double scaleUserX, scaleUserY;
1814 dc.GetUserScale( &scaleUserX, &scaleUserY );
1815
1816 // set defaults if necessary
1817 wxGridCellCoords leftTop( topLeft ), rightBottom( bottomRight );
1818 if ( leftTop.GetCol() < 0 )
1819 leftTop.SetCol(0);
1820 if ( leftTop.GetRow() < 0 )
1821 leftTop.SetRow(0);
1822 if ( rightBottom.GetCol() < 0 )
1823 rightBottom.SetCol(GetNumberCols() - 1);
1824 if ( rightBottom.GetRow() < 0 )
1825 rightBottom.SetRow(GetNumberRows() - 1);
1826
1827 // get grid offset, size and cell parameters
1828 wxPoint pointOffSet;
1829 wxSize sizeGrid;
1830 wxGridCellCoordsArray renderCells;
1831 wxArrayInt arrayCols;
1832 wxArrayInt arrayRows;
1833
1834 GetRenderSizes( leftTop, rightBottom,
1835 pointOffSet, sizeGrid,
1836 renderCells,
1837 arrayCols, arrayRows );
1838
1839 // add headers/labels to dimensions
1840 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1841 sizeGrid.x += GetRowLabelSize();
1842 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1843 sizeGrid.y += GetColLabelSize();
1844
1845 // get render start position in logical units
1846 wxPoint positionRender = GetRenderPosition( dc, position );
1847
1848 wxCoord originX = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( positionRender.x );
1849 wxCoord originY = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( positionRender.y );
1850
1851 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1852
1853 SetRenderScale( dc, positionRender, size, sizeGrid );
1854
1855 // draw row headers at specified origin
1856 if ( GetRowLabelSize() > 0 && ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
1857 {
1858 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1859 {
1860 DrawCornerLabel( dc ); // do only if both col and row labels drawn
1861 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1862 }
1863
1864 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1865 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1866
1867 DrawRowLabels( dc, arrayRows );
1868
1869 // reset for columns
1870 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1871 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1872
1873 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1874 // X offset so we don't overwrite row labels
1875 originX += dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( GetRowLabelSize() );
1876 }
1877
1878 // subtract col offset where startcol > 0
1879 originX -= dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( pointOffSet.x );
1880 // no y offset for col labels, they are at the Y origin
1881
1882 // draw column labels
1883 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1884 {
1885 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1886 DrawColLabels( dc, arrayCols );
1887 // don't overwrite the labels, increment originY
1888 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1889 }
1890
1891 // set device origin to draw grid cells and lines
1892 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1893 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1894
1895 // draw cell area background
1896 dc.SetBrush( GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() );
1897 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1898 // subtract headers from grid area dimensions
1899 wxSize sizeCells( sizeGrid );
1900 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1901 sizeCells.x -= GetRowLabelSize();
1902 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1903 sizeCells.y -= GetColLabelSize();
1904
1905 dc.DrawRectangle( pointOffSet, sizeCells );
1906
1907 // draw cells
1908 DrawGridCellArea( dc, renderCells );
1909
1910 // draw grid lines
1911 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES )
1912 {
1913 wxRegion regionClip( pointOffSet.x, pointOffSet.y,
1914 sizeCells.x, sizeCells.y );
1915
1916 DrawRangeGridLines(dc, regionClip, renderCells[0], renderCells.Last());
1917 }
1918
1919 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
1920 DoRenderBox( dc, style,
1921 pointOffSet, sizeCells,
1922 leftTop, rightBottom );
1923
1924 // restore user setings
1925 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( userOriginX, userOriginY );
1926 dc.SetUserScale( scaleUserX, scaleUserY );
1927
1928 if ( selectedCells.size() && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1929 {
1930 SelectBlock( selectedCells[ 0 ].GetRow(),
1931 selectedCells[ 0 ].GetCol(),
1932 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetRow(),
1933 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetCol() );
1934 }
1935 }
1936
1937 void
1938 wxGrid::SetRenderScale(wxDC& dc,
1939 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1940 const wxSize& sizeGrid )
1941 {
1942 double scaleX, scaleY;
1943 wxSize sizeTemp;
1944
1945 if ( size.GetWidth() != wxDefaultSize.GetWidth() ) // size.x was specified
1946 sizeTemp.SetWidth( size.GetWidth() );
1947 else
1948 sizeTemp.SetWidth( dc.DeviceToLogicalXRel( dc.GetSize().GetWidth() )
1949 - pos.x );
1950
1951 if ( size.GetHeight() != wxDefaultSize.GetHeight() ) // size.y was specified
1952 sizeTemp.SetHeight( size.GetHeight() );
1953 else
1954 sizeTemp.SetHeight( dc.DeviceToLogicalYRel( dc.GetSize().GetHeight() )
1955 - pos.y );
1956
1957 scaleX = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetWidth() / (double) sizeGrid.GetWidth() );
1958 scaleY = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetHeight() / (double) sizeGrid.GetHeight() );
1959
1960 dc.SetUserScale( wxMin( scaleX, scaleY), wxMin( scaleX, scaleY ) );
1961 }
1962
1963 // get grid rendered size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
1964 void wxGrid::GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1965 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1966 wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
1967 wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
1968 wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows )
1969 {
1970 pointOffSet.x = 0;
1971 pointOffSet.y = 0;
1972 sizeGrid.SetWidth( 0 );
1973 sizeGrid.SetHeight( 0 );
1974
1975 int col, row;
1976
1977 wxGridSizesInfo sizeinfo = GetColSizes();
1978 for ( col = 0; col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
1979 {
1980 if ( col < topLeft.GetCol() )
1981 {
1982 pointOffSet.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1983 }
1984 else
1985 {
1986 for ( row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1987 {
1988 renderCells.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ));
1989 arrayRows.Add( row ); // column labels rendered in DrawColLabels
1990 }
1991 arrayCols.Add( col ); // row labels rendered in DrawRowLabels
1992 sizeGrid.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1993 }
1994 }
1995
1996 sizeinfo = GetRowSizes();
1997 for ( row = 0; row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1998 {
1999 if ( row < topLeft.GetRow() )
2000 pointOffSet.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2001 else
2002 sizeGrid.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2003 }
2004 }
2005
2006 // get render start position
2007 // if position not specified use dc draw extents MaxX and MaxY
2008 wxPoint wxGrid::GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position )
2009 {
2010 wxPoint positionRender( position );
2011
2012 if ( !positionRender.IsFullySpecified() )
2013 {
2014 if ( positionRender.x == wxDefaultPosition.x )
2015 positionRender.x = dc.MaxX();
2016
2017 if ( positionRender.y == wxDefaultPosition.y )
2018 positionRender.y = dc.MaxY();
2019 }
2020
2021 return positionRender;
2022 }
2023
2024 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
2025 // useful where there is multi cell row or col clipping and no cell border
2026 void wxGrid::DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
2027 const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
2028 const wxSize& sizeCells,
2029 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
2030 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight )
2031 {
2032 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT ) )
2033 return;
2034
2035 int bottom = pointOffSet.y + sizeCells.GetY(),
2036 right = pointOffSet.x + sizeCells.GetX() - 1;
2037
2038 // horiz top line if we are not drawing column header/labels
2039 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER ) )
2040 {
2041 int left = pointOffSet.x;
2042 left += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2043 ? - GetRowLabelSize() : 0;
2044 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( topLeft.GetRow() ) );
2045 dc.DrawLine( left,
2046 pointOffSet.y,
2047 right,
2048 pointOffSet.y );
2049 }
2050
2051 // horiz bottom line
2052 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetRow() ) );
2053 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x, bottom - 1, right, bottom - 1 );
2054
2055 // left vertical line if we are not drawing row header/labels
2056 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
2057 {
2058 int top = pointOffSet.y;
2059 top += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2060 ? - GetColLabelSize() : 0;
2061 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( topLeft.GetCol() ) );
2062 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x -1,
2063 top,
2064 pointOffSet.x - 1,
2065 bottom - 1 );
2066 }
2067
2068 // right vertical line
2069 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetCol() ) );
2070 dc.DrawLine( right, pointOffSet.y, right, bottom - 1 );
2071 }
2072
2073 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
2074 {
2075 wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
2076 m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
2077 m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
2078 }
2079
2080 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2081 {
2082 if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
2083 SetFocus();
2084
2085 m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
2086 }
2087
2088 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
2089 {
2090 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
2091 event.Skip();
2092 }
2093
2094 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
2095 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
2096 //
2097 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
2098 {
2099 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2100 event.Skip();
2101 }
2102
2103 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
2104 {
2105 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2106 event.Skip();
2107 }
2108
2109 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
2110 {
2111 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2112 event.Skip();
2113 }
2114
2115 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
2116 {
2117 }
2118
2119 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2120 {
2121 // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
2122 // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
2123 if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
2124 {
2125 Refresh();
2126 }
2127 else
2128 {
2129 // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
2130 // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
2131 // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
2132 // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
2133 // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
2134 // branch so that it's always executed.
2135
2136 // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
2137 const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
2138 m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
2139 const wxRect cursor =
2140 m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
2141 Refresh(true, &cursor);
2142 }
2143
2144 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2145 event.Skip();
2146 }
2147
2148 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
2149 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
2150
2151 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2152
2153 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
2154 EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
2155 EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
2156 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
2157 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
2158 EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
2159 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
2160 END_EVENT_TABLE()
2161
2162 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
2163 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
2164 long style, const wxString& name)
2165 {
2166 if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
2167 style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
2168 return false;
2169
2170 m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2171 m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2172
2173 Create();
2174 SetInitialSize(size);
2175 CalcDimensions();
2176
2177 return true;
2178 }
2179
2180 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
2181 {
2182 if ( m_winCapture )
2183 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
2184
2185 // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
2186 // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
2187 // half destroyed grid
2188 HideCellEditControl();
2189
2190 // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
2191 SetTargetWindow(this);
2192 ClearAttrCache();
2193 wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
2194
2195 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
2196 size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
2197 wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
2198 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
2199 total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
2200 total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
2201 #endif
2202
2203 // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
2204 // with dangling view pointer
2205 if ( m_ownTable )
2206 delete m_table;
2207 else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
2208 m_table->SetView(NULL);
2209
2210 delete m_typeRegistry;
2211 delete m_selection;
2212
2213 delete m_setFixedRows;
2214 delete m_setFixedCols;
2215 }
2216
2217 //
2218 // ----- internal init and update functions
2219 //
2220
2221 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
2222 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
2223 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
2224
2225 void wxGrid::Create()
2226 {
2227 // create the type registry
2228 m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
2229
2230 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
2231
2232 m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
2233
2234 // Set default cell attributes
2235 m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
2236 m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
2237 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
2238 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
2239 m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
2240 m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2241
2242 #if _USE_VISATTR
2243 wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2244 wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2245
2246 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
2247 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
2248
2249 #else
2250 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
2251 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
2252 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
2253 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
2254 #endif
2255
2256 m_numRows = 0;
2257 m_numCols = 0;
2258 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2259
2260 // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2261 m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2262 CreateColumnWindow();
2263 m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2264 m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2265
2266 SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2267
2268 #if _USE_VISATTR
2269 wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2270 wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2271 wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2272 wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2273 #else
2274 wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2275 wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2276 wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2277 wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2278 #endif
2279
2280 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2281 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2282 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2283 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2284 m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2285 m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2286
2287 m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2288 m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2289
2290 m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2291 m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2292
2293 // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2294 // row height
2295 m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2296 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2297 m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2298 #else
2299 m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2300 #endif
2301
2302 }
2303
2304 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2305 {
2306 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2307 {
2308 m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2309 m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2310 }
2311 else // draw labels ourselves
2312 {
2313 m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2314 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2315 }
2316 }
2317
2318 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2319 wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2320 {
2321 wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2322 false,
2323 wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2324
2325 return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2326 }
2327
2328 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2329 {
2330 wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2331 wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2332
2333 m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2334 }
2335
2336 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2337 {
2338 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2339 wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2340
2341 return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2342 }
2343
2344 bool
2345 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2346 bool takeOwnership,
2347 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2348 {
2349 bool checkSelection = false;
2350 if ( m_created )
2351 {
2352 // stop all processing
2353 m_created = false;
2354
2355 if (m_table)
2356 {
2357 m_table->SetView(0);
2358 if( m_ownTable )
2359 delete m_table;
2360 m_table = NULL;
2361 }
2362
2363 wxDELETE(m_selection);
2364
2365 m_ownTable = false;
2366 m_numRows = 0;
2367 m_numCols = 0;
2368 checkSelection = true;
2369
2370 // kill row and column size arrays
2371 m_colWidths.Empty();
2372 m_colRights.Empty();
2373 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2374 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2375 }
2376
2377 if (table)
2378 {
2379 m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2380 m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2381
2382 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2383 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2384
2385 m_table = table;
2386 m_table->SetView( this );
2387 m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2388 m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2389 if (checkSelection)
2390 {
2391 // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2392 // original one current cell and selection regions
2393 // might be invalid,
2394 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2395 m_currentCellCoords =
2396 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2397 wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2398 if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2399 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2400 {
2401 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2402 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2403 }
2404 else
2405 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2406 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2407 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2408 wxMin(m_numCols,
2409 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2410 }
2411 CalcDimensions();
2412
2413 m_created = true;
2414 }
2415
2416 return m_created;
2417 }
2418
2419 void wxGrid::Init()
2420 {
2421 m_created = false;
2422
2423 m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2424 m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2425 m_colWindow = NULL;
2426 m_gridWin = NULL;
2427
2428 m_table = NULL;
2429 m_ownTable = false;
2430
2431 m_selection = NULL;
2432 m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2433 m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2434 m_winCapture = NULL;
2435
2436 m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2437 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2438
2439 m_setFixedRows =
2440 m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2441
2442 // init attr cache
2443 m_attrCache.row = -1;
2444 m_attrCache.col = -1;
2445 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2446
2447 m_labelFont = GetFont();
2448 m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2449
2450 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2451 m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2452
2453 m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2454 m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2455 m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2456
2457 m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2458 m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2459
2460 m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2461 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2462
2463 m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2464 m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2465 m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2466 m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2467 m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2468 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2469 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2470
2471 m_canDragColMove = false;
2472
2473 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2474 m_winCapture = NULL;
2475 m_canDragRowSize = true;
2476 m_canDragColSize = true;
2477 m_canDragGridSize = true;
2478 m_canDragCell = false;
2479 m_dragLastPos = -1;
2480 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2481 m_isDragging = false;
2482 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2483
2484 m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2485 m_sortIsAscending = true;
2486
2487 m_useNativeHeader =
2488 m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2489
2490 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2491
2492 m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2493 m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2494
2495 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2496
2497 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2498 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2499 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2500
2501 m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2502 m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2503
2504 m_editable = true; // default for whole grid
2505
2506 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2507 m_batchCount = 0;
2508
2509 m_extraWidth =
2510 m_extraHeight = 0;
2511
2512 // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH
2513 // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right
2514 // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly
2515 m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2516 m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2517 }
2518
2519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2520 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2521 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2522 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2523 // arrays at all
2524 //
2525 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2526 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2527 // this is not done currently
2528 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2529
2530 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2531 {
2532 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2533 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2534
2535 m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2536 m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2537
2538 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2539
2540 int rowBottom = 0;
2541 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2542 {
2543 rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2544 m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2545 }
2546 }
2547
2548 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2549 {
2550 m_colWidths.Empty();
2551 m_colRights.Empty();
2552
2553 m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2554 m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2555
2556 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2557
2558 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2559 {
2560 int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2561 m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2562 }
2563 }
2564
2565 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2566 {
2567 return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
2568 }
2569
2570 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2571 {
2572 return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
2573 : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
2574 }
2575
2576 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2577 {
2578 return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2579 : m_colRights[col];
2580 }
2581
2582 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2583 {
2584 return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
2585 }
2586
2587 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2588 {
2589 return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
2590 : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
2591 }
2592
2593 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2594 {
2595 return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2596 : m_rowBottoms[row];
2597 }
2598
2599 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2600 {
2601 // compute the size of the scrollable area
2602 int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2603 int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2604
2605 w += m_extraWidth;
2606 h += m_extraHeight;
2607
2608 // take into account editor if shown
2609 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2610 {
2611 int w2, h2;
2612 int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2613 int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2614 int x = GetColLeft(c);
2615 int y = GetRowTop(r);
2616
2617 // how big is the editor
2618 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2619 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2620 editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2621 w2 += x;
2622 h2 += y;
2623 if ( w2 > w )
2624 w = w2;
2625 if ( h2 > h )
2626 h = h2;
2627 editor->DecRef();
2628 attr->DecRef();
2629 }
2630
2631 // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2632 int x, y;
2633 GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2634
2635 // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2636 if ( x >= w )
2637 x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2638 if ( y >= h )
2639 y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2640
2641 // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2642 m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2643 Scroll(x, y);
2644 AdjustScrollbars();
2645
2646 // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2647 // still must reposition the children
2648 CalcWindowSizes();
2649 }
2650
2651 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2652 {
2653 wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2654 sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2655 sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2656
2657 return sizeGridWin;
2658 }
2659
2660 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2661 {
2662 // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2663
2664 if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2665 return;
2666
2667 int cw, ch;
2668 GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2669
2670 // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2671 // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2672 int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2673 int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2674 if (gw < 0)
2675 gw = 0;
2676 if (gh < 0)
2677 gh = 0;
2678
2679 if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2680 m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2681
2682 if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2683 m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2684
2685 if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2686 m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2687
2688 if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2689 m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2690 }
2691
2692 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2693 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2694 //
2695 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2696 {
2697 int i;
2698 bool result = false;
2699
2700 // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2701 // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2702 ClearAttrCache();
2703
2704 // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2705 // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2706 // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2707 // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2708 // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2709 HideCellEditControl();
2710
2711 switch ( msg.GetId() )
2712 {
2713 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2714 {
2715 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2716 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2717
2718 m_numRows += numRows;
2719
2720 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2721 {
2722 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2723 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2724
2725 int bottom = 0;
2726 if ( pos > 0 )
2727 bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2728
2729 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2730 {
2731 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2732 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2733 }
2734 }
2735
2736 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2737 {
2738 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2739 // cell will be undefined...
2740 //
2741 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2742 }
2743
2744 if ( m_selection )
2745 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2746 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2747 if (attrProvider)
2748 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2749
2750 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2751 {
2752 CalcDimensions();
2753 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2754 }
2755 }
2756 result = true;
2757 break;
2758
2759 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2760 {
2761 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2762 int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2763 m_numRows += numRows;
2764
2765 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2766 {
2767 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2768 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2769
2770 int bottom = 0;
2771 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2772 bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2773
2774 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2775 {
2776 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2777 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2778 }
2779 }
2780
2781 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2782 {
2783 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2784 // cell will be undefined...
2785 //
2786 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2787 }
2788
2789 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2790 {
2791 CalcDimensions();
2792 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2793 }
2794 }
2795 result = true;
2796 break;
2797
2798 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2799 {
2800 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2801 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2802 m_numRows -= numRows;
2803
2804 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2805 {
2806 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2807 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2808
2809 int h = 0;
2810 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2811 {
2812 h += m_rowHeights[i];
2813 m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 if ( !m_numRows )
2818 {
2819 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2820 }
2821 else
2822 {
2823 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2824 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2825 }
2826
2827 if ( m_selection )
2828 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2829 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2830 if (attrProvider)
2831 {
2832 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2833
2834 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2835 #if 0
2836 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2837 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2838 // all column attributes.
2839 // I hate to do this here, but the
2840 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2841 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2842 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2843 #endif
2844 }
2845
2846 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2847 {
2848 CalcDimensions();
2849 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2850 }
2851 }
2852 result = true;
2853 break;
2854
2855 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2856 {
2857 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2858 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2859 m_numCols += numCols;
2860
2861 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2862 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2863
2864 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2865 {
2866 //Shift the column IDs
2867 int i;
2868 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2869 {
2870 if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2871 m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2872 }
2873
2874 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2875
2876 //Set the new columns' positions
2877 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2878 {
2879 m_colAt[i] = i;
2880 }
2881 }
2882
2883 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2884 {
2885 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2886 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2887
2888 int right = 0;
2889 if ( pos > 0 )
2890 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2891
2892 int colPos;
2893 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2894 {
2895 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2896
2897 right += m_colWidths[i];
2898 m_colRights[i] = right;
2899 }
2900 }
2901
2902 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2903 {
2904 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2905 // cell will be undefined...
2906 //
2907 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2908 }
2909
2910 if ( m_selection )
2911 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2912 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2913 if (attrProvider)
2914 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2915 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2916 {
2917 CalcDimensions();
2918 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2919 }
2920 }
2921 result = true;
2922 break;
2923
2924 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2925 {
2926 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2927 int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2928 m_numCols += numCols;
2929 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2930 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2931
2932 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2933 {
2934 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2935
2936 //Set the new columns' positions
2937 int i;
2938 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2939 {
2940 m_colAt[i] = i;
2941 }
2942 }
2943
2944 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2945 {
2946 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2947 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2948
2949 int right = 0;
2950 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2951 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2952
2953 int colPos;
2954 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2955 {
2956 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2957
2958 right += m_colWidths[i];
2959 m_colRights[i] = right;
2960 }
2961 }
2962
2963 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2964 {
2965 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2966 // cell will be undefined...
2967 //
2968 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2969 }
2970 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2971 {
2972 CalcDimensions();
2973 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2974 }
2975 }
2976 result = true;
2977 break;
2978
2979 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
2980 {
2981 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2982 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2983 m_numCols -= numCols;
2984 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2985 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2986
2987 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2988 {
2989 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
2990
2991 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
2992
2993 //Shift the column IDs
2994 int colPos;
2995 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2996 {
2997 if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
2998 m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
2999 }
3000 }
3001
3002 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
3003 {
3004 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3005 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3006
3007 int w = 0;
3008 int colPos;
3009 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3010 {
3011 i = GetColAt( colPos );
3012
3013 w += m_colWidths[i];
3014 m_colRights[i] = w;
3015 }
3016 }
3017
3018 if ( !m_numCols )
3019 {
3020 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3021 }
3022 else
3023 {
3024 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
3025 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
3026 }
3027
3028 if ( m_selection )
3029 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3030 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
3031 if (attrProvider)
3032 {
3033 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3034
3035 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
3036 #if 0
3037 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
3038 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
3039 // all row attributes.
3040 // I hate to do this here, but the
3041 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
3042 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
3043 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
3044 #endif
3045 }
3046
3047 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
3048 {
3049 CalcDimensions();
3050 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3051 }
3052 }
3053 result = true;
3054 break;
3055 }
3056
3057 if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
3058 m_gridWin->Refresh();
3059
3060 return result;
3061 }
3062
3063 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3064 {
3065 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3066 wxRect r;
3067
3068 wxArrayInt rowlabels;
3069
3070 int top, bottom;
3071 while ( iter )
3072 {
3073 r = iter.GetRect();
3074
3075 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3076 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3077 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3078 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3079 //
3080 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3081 int cw, ch;
3082 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3083 if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
3084 r.SetTop( 0 );
3085 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3086 #endif
3087
3088 // logical bounds of update region
3089 //
3090 int dummy;
3091 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
3092 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
3093
3094 // find the row labels within these bounds
3095 //
3096 int row;
3097 for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3098 {
3099 if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
3100 continue;
3101
3102 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3103 break;
3104
3105 rowlabels.Add( row );
3106 }
3107
3108 ++iter;
3109 }
3110
3111 return rowlabels;
3112 }
3113
3114 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3115 {
3116 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3117 wxRect r;
3118
3119 wxArrayInt colLabels;
3120
3121 int left, right;
3122 while ( iter )
3123 {
3124 r = iter.GetRect();
3125
3126 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3127 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3128 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3129 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3130 //
3131 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3132 int cw, ch;
3133 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3134 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
3135 r.SetLeft( 0 );
3136 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3137 #endif
3138
3139 // logical bounds of update region
3140 //
3141 int dummy;
3142 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
3143 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
3144
3145 // find the cells within these bounds
3146 //
3147 int col;
3148 int colPos;
3149 for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3150 {
3151 col = GetColAt( colPos );
3152
3153 if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
3154 continue;
3155
3156 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
3157 break;
3158
3159 colLabels.Add( col );
3160 }
3161
3162 ++iter;
3163 }
3164
3165 return colLabels;
3166 }
3167
3168 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3169 {
3170 wxRect r;
3171
3172 wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed;
3173
3174 int left, top, right, bottom;
3175 for ( wxRegionIterator iter(reg); iter; ++iter )
3176 {
3177 r = iter.GetRect();
3178
3179 // Skip 0-height cells, they're invisible anyhow, don't waste time
3180 // getting their rectangles and so on.
3181 if ( !r.GetHeight() )
3182 continue;
3183
3184 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3185 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3186 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3187 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3188 //
3189 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3190 int cw, ch;
3191 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3192 if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
3193 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
3194 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3195 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3196 #endif
3197
3198 // logical bounds of update region
3199 //
3200 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
3201 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
3202
3203 // find the cells within these bounds
3204 wxArrayInt cols;
3205 for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3206 {
3207 if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
3208 continue;
3209
3210 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3211 break;
3212
3213 // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
3214 // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
3215 // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
3216 if ( cols.empty() )
3217 {
3218 // do determine the dirty columns
3219 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
3220 cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
3221
3222 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
3223 if ( cols.empty() )
3224 break;
3225 }
3226
3227 const size_t count = cols.size();
3228 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3229 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
3230 }
3231 }
3232
3233 return cellsExposed;
3234 }
3235
3236
3237 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3238 {
3239 int x, y, row;
3240 wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3241 CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3242
3243 if ( event.Dragging() )
3244 {
3245 if (!m_isDragging)
3246 {
3247 m_isDragging = true;
3248 m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
3249 }
3250
3251 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3252 {
3253 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3254 {
3255 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3256 {
3257 int cw, ch, left, dummy;
3258 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3259 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
3260
3261 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3262 PrepareDC( dc );
3263 y = wxMax( y,
3264 GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3265 GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3266 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3267 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3268 {
3269 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3270 }
3271 dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3272 m_dragLastPos = y;
3273 }
3274 break;
3275
3276 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3277 {
3278 if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3279 {
3280 if ( m_selection )
3281 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3282 }
3283 }
3284 break;
3285
3286 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3287 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3288 default:
3289 break;
3290 }
3291 }
3292 return;
3293 }
3294
3295 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3296 return;
3297
3298 if (m_isDragging)
3299 {
3300 if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3301 m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3302 m_isDragging = false;
3303 }
3304
3305 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3306 //
3307 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3308 {
3309 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3310 }
3311
3312 // ------------ Left button pressed
3313 //
3314 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3315 {
3316 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3317 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3318 {
3319 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3320 }
3321 else // not a request to start resizing
3322 {
3323 row = YToRow(y);
3324 if ( row >= 0 &&
3325 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3326 {
3327 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3328 ClearSelection();
3329 if ( m_selection )
3330 {
3331 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3332 {
3333 m_selection->SelectBlock
3334 (
3335 m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3336 row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3337 event
3338 );
3339 }
3340 else
3341 {
3342 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3343 }
3344 }
3345
3346 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3347 }
3348 }
3349 }
3350
3351 // ------------ Left double click
3352 //
3353 else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3354 {
3355 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3356 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3357 {
3358 // adjust row height depending on label text
3359 //
3360 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3361 AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3362
3363 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3364
3365 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3366 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3367 }
3368 else // not on row separator or it's not resizable
3369 {
3370 row = YToRow(y);
3371 if ( row >=0 &&
3372 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3373 {
3374 // no default action at the moment
3375 }
3376 }
3377 }
3378
3379 // ------------ Left button released
3380 //
3381 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3382 {
3383 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3384 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3385
3386 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3387 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3388 }
3389
3390 // ------------ Right button down
3391 //
3392 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3393 {
3394 row = YToRow(y);
3395 if ( row >=0 &&
3396 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3397 {
3398 // no default action at the moment
3399 }
3400 }
3401
3402 // ------------ Right double click
3403 //
3404 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3405 {
3406 row = YToRow(y);
3407 if ( row >= 0 &&
3408 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3409 {
3410 // no default action at the moment
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3415 //
3416 else if ( event.Moving() )
3417 {
3418 m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3419 if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3420 {
3421 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3422 {
3423 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3424 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3425 }
3426 }
3427 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3428 {
3429 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3430 }
3431 }
3432 }
3433
3434 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3435 {
3436 wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3437
3438 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3439 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3440 else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3441 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3442 //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3443 }
3444
3445 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3446 {
3447 if ( col == m_sortCol )
3448 {
3449 // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3450 // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3451 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3452 {
3453 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3454
3455 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3456 }
3457 }
3458 else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3459 {
3460 const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3461
3462 // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3463 // to return the correct new value
3464 m_sortCol = col;
3465
3466 if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3467 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3468
3469 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3470 {
3471 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3472 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3473 }
3474 }
3475 }
3476
3477 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3478 {
3479 // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3480 // not vetoed
3481 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3482 {
3483 SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3484 Refresh();
3485 }
3486 }
3487
3488 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3489 {
3490 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3491 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3492 DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3493 }
3494
3495 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3496 {
3497 int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3498 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3499 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3500
3501 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3502 PrepareDC( dc );
3503
3504 x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3505 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3506 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3507 {
3508 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3509 }
3510 dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3511 m_dragLastPos = x;
3512 }
3513
3514 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3515 {
3516 DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3517 }
3518
3519 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3520 {
3521 int x, y;
3522 wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3523 CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3524
3525 int col = XToCol(x);
3526 if ( event.Dragging() )
3527 {
3528 if (!m_isDragging)
3529 {
3530 m_isDragging = true;
3531 GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3532
3533 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3534 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3535 }
3536
3537 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3538 {
3539 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3540 {
3541 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3542 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3543 break;
3544
3545 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3546 {
3547 if ( col != -1 )
3548 {
3549 if ( m_selection )
3550 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3551 }
3552 }
3553 break;
3554
3555 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3556 {
3557 int posNew = XToPos(x);
3558 int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3559
3560 // determine the position of the drop marker
3561 int markerX;
3562 if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3563 markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3564 else
3565 markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3566
3567 if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3568 {
3569 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3570 DoPrepareDC(dc);
3571
3572 int cw, ch;
3573 GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3574
3575 markerX++;
3576
3577 //Clean up the last indicator
3578 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3579 {
3580 wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3581 dc.SetPen(pen);
3582 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3583 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3584
3585 if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3586 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3587 }
3588
3589 const wxColour *color;
3590 //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3591 if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3592 color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3593 else
3594 color = wxBLUE;
3595
3596 //Draw the marker
3597 wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3598 dc.SetPen(pen);
3599
3600 dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3601
3602 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3603
3604 m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3605 }
3606 }
3607 break;
3608
3609 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3610 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3611 default:
3612 break;
3613 }
3614 }
3615 return;
3616 }
3617
3618 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3619 return;
3620
3621 if (m_isDragging)
3622 {
3623 if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3624 GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3625 m_isDragging = false;
3626 }
3627
3628 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3629 //
3630 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3631 {
3632 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3633 }
3634
3635 // ------------ Left button pressed
3636 //
3637 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3638 {
3639 int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3640 if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) )
3641 {
3642 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3643 }
3644 else // not a request to start resizing
3645 {
3646 col = XToCol(x);
3647 if ( col >= 0 &&
3648 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3649 {
3650 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3651 {
3652 //Show button as pressed
3653 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3654 int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3655 int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3656 dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3657 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3658 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3659
3660 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3661 }
3662 else
3663 {
3664 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3665 ClearSelection();
3666 if ( m_selection )
3667 {
3668 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3669 {
3670 m_selection->SelectBlock
3671 (
3672 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3673 GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3674 event
3675 );
3676 }
3677 else
3678 {
3679 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3680 }
3681 }
3682
3683 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3684 }
3685 }
3686 }
3687 }
3688
3689 // ------------ Left double click
3690 //
3691 if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3692 {
3693 const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3694 if ( colEdge == -1 )
3695 {
3696 if ( col >= 0 &&
3697 ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3698 {
3699 // no default action at the moment
3700 }
3701 }
3702 else
3703 {
3704 // adjust column width depending on label text
3705 //
3706 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3707 AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3708
3709 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3710
3711 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3712 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3713 }
3714 }
3715
3716 // ------------ Left button released
3717 //
3718 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3719 {
3720 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3721 {
3722 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3723 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3724 break;
3725
3726 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3727 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3728 {
3729 // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3730 if ( col != -1 )
3731 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3732 m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column
3733 }
3734 else
3735 {
3736 // get the position of the column we're over
3737 int pos = XToPos(x);
3738
3739 // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3740 // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3741 if ( pos > 1 )
3742 {
3743 // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3744 // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3745 // we need a valid one here
3746 const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3747
3748 // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3749 // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3750 // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3751 bool onNearPart;
3752 const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3753 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3754 if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3755 onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3756 else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3757 onNearPart = (x > middle);
3758
3759 if ( onNearPart )
3760 pos--;
3761 }
3762
3763 DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3764 }
3765 break;
3766
3767 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3768 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3769 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3770 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3771 if ( col != -1 )
3772 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3773 break;
3774 }
3775
3776 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3777 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3778 }
3779
3780 // ------------ Right button down
3781 //
3782 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3783 {
3784 if ( col >= 0 &&
3785 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3786 {
3787 // no default action at the moment
3788 }
3789 }
3790
3791 // ------------ Right double click
3792 //
3793 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3794 {
3795 if ( col >= 0 &&
3796 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3797 {
3798 // no default action at the moment
3799 }
3800 }
3801
3802 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3803 //
3804 else if ( event.Moving() )
3805 {
3806 m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3807 if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3808 {
3809 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3810 {
3811 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3812 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3813 }
3814 }
3815 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3816 {
3817 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3818 }
3819 }
3820 }
3821
3822 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3823 {
3824 if ( event.LeftDown() )
3825 {
3826 // indicate corner label by having both row and
3827 // col args == -1
3828 //
3829 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3830 {
3831 SelectAll();
3832 }
3833 }
3834 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3835 {
3836 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3837 }
3838 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3839 {
3840 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3841 {
3842 // no default action at the moment
3843 }
3844 }
3845 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3846 {
3847 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3848 {
3849 // no default action at the moment
3850 }
3851 }
3852 }
3853
3854 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3855 {
3856 // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3857 if ( m_winCapture )
3858 {
3859 m_isDragging = false;
3860 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3861
3862 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3863 m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3864 m_winCapture = NULL;
3865
3866 // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3867 Refresh();
3868 }
3869 }
3870
3871 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3872 wxWindow *win,
3873 bool captureMouse)
3874 {
3875 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3876 static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3877 {
3878 wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3879 wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3880 wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3881 wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3882 wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3883 wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3884 };
3885
3886 wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3887 wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3888 win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3889 : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3890 : wxT("gridWin"),
3891 cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3892 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3893
3894 if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3895 win == m_winCapture &&
3896 captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3897 return;
3898
3899 if ( !win )
3900 {
3901 // by default use the grid itself
3902 win = m_gridWin;
3903 }
3904
3905 if ( m_winCapture )
3906 {
3907 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3908 m_winCapture = NULL;
3909 }
3910
3911 m_cursorMode = mode;
3912
3913 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3914 {
3915 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3916 win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3917 break;
3918
3919 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3920 win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3921 break;
3922
3923 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3924 win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3925 break;
3926
3927 default:
3928 win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3929 break;
3930 }
3931
3932 // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3933 bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3934 m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3935
3936 if ( captureMouse && resize )
3937 {
3938 win->CaptureMouse();
3939 m_winCapture = win;
3940 }
3941 }
3942
3943 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3944 // grid mouse event processing
3945 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3946
3947 bool
3948 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3949 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3950 bool isFirstDrag)
3951 {
3952 bool performDefault = true ;
3953
3954 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3955 return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell
3956
3957 // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3958 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3959 {
3960 HideCellEditControl();
3961 SaveEditControlValue();
3962 }
3963
3964 switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3965 {
3966 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
3967 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3968 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3969 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3970 break;
3971
3972 case wxMOD_NONE:
3973 if ( CanDragCell() )
3974 {
3975 if ( isFirstDrag )
3976 {
3977 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3978 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3979
3980 // if event is handled by user code, no further processing
3981 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 )
3982 performDefault = false;
3983
3984 return performDefault;
3985 }
3986 }
3987
3988 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
3989 break;
3990
3991 default:
3992 // we don't handle the other key modifiers
3993 event.Skip();
3994 }
3995
3996 return performDefault;
3997 }
3998
3999 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
4000 {
4001 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4002 PrepareDC(dc);
4003 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4004
4005 const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
4006 m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
4007
4008 // erase the previously drawn line, if any
4009 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4010 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4011
4012 // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
4013 m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
4014
4015 // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
4016 const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
4017 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4018 if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
4019 m_dragLastPos = posMin;
4020
4021 // and draw it at the new position
4022 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4026 {
4027 if ( !m_isDragging )
4028 {
4029 // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
4030 // enough
4031 const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
4032 if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
4033 {
4034 m_startDragPos = pt;
4035 return;
4036 }
4037
4038 if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
4039 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
4040 return;
4041 }
4042
4043 const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
4044 m_isDragging = true;
4045
4046 switch ( m_cursorMode )
4047 {
4048 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
4049 // no further handling if handled by user
4050 if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false )
4051 return;
4052 break;
4053
4054 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4055 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
4056 break;
4057
4058 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
4059 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
4060 break;
4061
4062 default:
4063 event.Skip();
4064 }
4065
4066 if ( isFirstDrag )
4067 {
4068 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
4069
4070 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
4071 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
4072 }
4073 }
4074
4075 void
4076 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
4077 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4078 const wxPoint& pos)
4079 {
4080 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
4081 {
4082 // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
4083 return;
4084 }
4085
4086 if ( !event.CmdDown() )
4087 ClearSelection();
4088
4089 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4090 {
4091 if ( m_selection )
4092 {
4093 m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
4094 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4095 }
4096 }
4097 else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4098 {
4099 DisableCellEditControl();
4100 MakeCellVisible( coords );
4101
4102 if ( event.CmdDown() )
4103 {
4104 if ( m_selection )
4105 {
4106 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
4107 }
4108
4109 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4110 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4111 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4112 }
4113 else
4114 {
4115 if ( m_selection )
4116 {
4117 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
4118 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
4119 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
4120 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
4121 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4122 {
4123 case wxGridSelectCells:
4124 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4125 // nothing to do in these cases
4126 break;
4127
4128 case wxGridSelectRows:
4129 m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
4130 break;
4131
4132 case wxGridSelectColumns:
4133 m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 }
4137
4138 m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
4139 coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
4140 SetCurrentCell( coords );
4141 }
4142 }
4143 }
4144
4145 void
4146 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
4147 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4148 const wxPoint& pos)
4149 {
4150 if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4151 {
4152 if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
4153 {
4154 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
4155 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
4156 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
4157 }
4158 }
4159 }
4160
4161 void
4162 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4163 {
4164 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4165 {
4166 if (m_winCapture)
4167 {
4168 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4169 m_winCapture = NULL;
4170 }
4171
4172 if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
4173 {
4174 ClearSelection();
4175 EnableCellEditControl();
4176
4177 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
4178 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
4179 editor->StartingClick();
4180 editor->DecRef();
4181 attr->DecRef();
4182
4183 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4184 }
4185 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4186 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4187 {
4188 if ( m_selection )
4189 {
4190 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4191 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4192 event );
4193 }
4194
4195 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4196 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4197
4198 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
4199 // drag-shrinking.
4200 ShowCellEditControl();
4201 }
4202 }
4203 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4204 {
4205 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4206 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
4207 }
4208 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
4209 {
4210 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4211 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
4212 }
4213
4214 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4215 }
4216
4217 void
4218 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
4219 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4220 const wxPoint& pos)
4221 {
4222 if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
4223 {
4224 // out of grid cell area
4225 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4226 return;
4227 }
4228
4229 int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
4230 int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
4231
4232 // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
4233 // directions is not implemented yet...
4234 //
4235 if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
4236 {
4237 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4238 return;
4239 }
4240
4241 if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
4242 {
4243 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4244 {
4245 m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
4246 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
4247 }
4248 }
4249 // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
4250 // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
4251 // column resizing mode programmatically
4252 else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
4253 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
4254 {
4255 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4256 {
4257 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
4258 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
4259 }
4260 }
4261 else // Neither on a row or col edge
4262 {
4263 if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4264 {
4265 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4266 }
4267 }
4268 }
4269
4270 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
4271 {
4272 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4273 {
4274 // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4275 // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4276 event.Skip();
4277 return;
4278 }
4279
4280 const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4281
4282 // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4283 wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4284
4285 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4286 GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4287 if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4288 {
4289 coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4290 coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4291 }
4292
4293 if ( event.Dragging() )
4294 {
4295 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4296 DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4297 else
4298 event.Skip();
4299 return;
4300 }
4301
4302 m_isDragging = false;
4303 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4304
4305 // deal with various button presses
4306 if ( event.IsButton() )
4307 {
4308 if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4309 {
4310 DisableCellEditControl();
4311
4312 if ( event.LeftDown() )
4313 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4314 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4315 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4316 else if ( event.RightDown() )
4317 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4318 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4319 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4320 }
4321
4322 // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4323 if ( event.LeftUp() )
4324 {
4325 DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4326 }
4327 }
4328 else if ( event.Moving() )
4329 {
4330 DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4331 }
4332 else // unknown mouse event?
4333 {
4334 event.Skip();
4335 }
4336 }
4337
4338 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4339 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4340 {
4341 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4342 return false;
4343
4344 const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4345
4346 const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4347
4348 const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4349
4350 // erase the last line we drew
4351 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4352 PrepareDC(dc);
4353 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4354
4355 const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4356 const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4357
4358 oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4359
4360 // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4361 HideCellEditControl();
4362 SaveEditControlValue();
4363
4364 // do resize the line
4365 const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4366 const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4367 oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4368 wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4369 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4370 const bool
4371 sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4372
4373 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4374
4375 // refresh now if we're not frozen
4376 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4377 {
4378 // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4379 // window
4380
4381 // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4382 wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4383 rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4384
4385 // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4386 // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4387 oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4388
4389 wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4390 oper.MakeSize
4391 (
4392 oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4393 doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4394 ));
4395
4396 oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4397
4398
4399 // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4400 if ( m_table )
4401 {
4402 oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4403
4404 int subtractLines = 0;
4405 const int lineStart = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4406 if ( lineStart >= 0 )
4407 {
4408 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4409 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4410 // part of it is affected
4411 const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4412 for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4413 {
4414 int cellLines = oper.Select(
4415 GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4416 if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4417 subtractLines = cellLines;
4418 }
4419 }
4420
4421 int startPos =
4422 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4423 startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4424
4425 doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4426 doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4427
4428 m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4429 }
4430 }
4431
4432 // show the edit control back again
4433 ShowCellEditControl();
4434
4435 return sizeChanged;
4436 }
4437
4438 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4439 {
4440 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4441
4442 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4443 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4444 }
4445
4446 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4447 {
4448 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4449
4450 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4451 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4452 }
4453
4454 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4455 {
4456 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4457 }
4458
4459 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4460 {
4461 wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4462
4463 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4464 SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4465 //else: vetoed by user
4466
4467 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4468 }
4469
4470 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4471 {
4472 // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4473 // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4474 // same and it's easy to do
4475 if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4476 {
4477 int colRight = 0;
4478 for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4479 {
4480 int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4481
4482 colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4483 m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4484 }
4485 }
4486
4487 // and make the changes visible
4488 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4489 {
4490 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4491 GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4492 else
4493 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4494 }
4495 else
4496 {
4497 m_colWindow->Refresh();
4498 }
4499 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4500 }
4501
4502 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4503 {
4504 m_colAt = order;
4505
4506 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4507 }
4508
4509 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4510 {
4511 // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4512 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4513 {
4514 m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4515 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4516 m_colAt.push_back(i);
4517 }
4518
4519 wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4520
4521 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4522 }
4523
4524 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4525 {
4526 m_colAt.clear();
4527
4528 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4529 }
4530
4531 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4532 {
4533 if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4534 return;
4535
4536 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4537 {
4538 // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4539 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4540 }
4541
4542 m_canDragColMove = enable;
4543
4544 // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4545 // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4546 // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4547 // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4548 }
4549
4550
4551 //
4552 // ------ interaction with data model
4553 //
4554 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4555 {
4556 switch ( msg.GetId() )
4557 {
4558 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4559 return GetModelValues();
4560
4561 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4562 return SetModelValues();
4563
4564 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4565 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4566 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4567 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4568 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4569 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4570 return Redimension( msg );
4571
4572 default:
4573 return false;
4574 }
4575 }
4576
4577 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4578 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4579 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4580 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4581 //
4582 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4583 {
4584 if ( m_table )
4585 {
4586 if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4587 DisableCellEditControl();
4588
4589 m_table->Clear();
4590 if (!GetBatchCount())
4591 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4592 }
4593 }
4594
4595 bool
4596 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4597 int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4598 {
4599 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4600
4601 if ( !m_table )
4602 return false;
4603
4604 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4605 DisableCellEditControl();
4606
4607 return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4608
4609 // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4610 // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4611 }
4612
4613 bool
4614 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4615 int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4616 {
4617 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4618
4619 if ( !m_table )
4620 return false;
4621
4622 return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4623 }
4624
4625 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4626 // event generation helpers
4627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4628
4629 void
4630 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4631 int row, int col,
4632 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4633 {
4634 int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4635
4636 wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4637 type,
4638 this,
4639 rowOrCol,
4640 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4641 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4642 mouseEv);
4643
4644 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4645 }
4646
4647 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4648 // -1 if the event was vetoed
4649 // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4650 // 0 if the event wasn't handled
4651 int
4652 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4653 int row, int col,
4654 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4655 {
4656 bool claimed, vetoed;
4657
4658 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4659 {
4660 // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4661 wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4662 type,
4663 this,
4664 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4665 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4666 true,
4667 mouseEv);
4668
4669 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4670 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4671 }
4672 else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4673 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4674 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4675 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4676 {
4677 wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4678
4679 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4680 pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4681 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4682 pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4683
4684 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4685 type,
4686 this,
4687 row, col,
4688 pos.x,
4689 pos.y,
4690 false,
4691 mouseEv);
4692 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4693 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4694 }
4695 else
4696 {
4697 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4698 type,
4699 this,
4700 row, col,
4701 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4702 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4703 false,
4704 mouseEv);
4705
4706 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG )
4707 {
4708 // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must
4709 // explicitly allow the event for it to take place
4710 gridEvt.Veto();
4711 }
4712
4713 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4714 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4715 }
4716
4717 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4718 if (vetoed)
4719 return -1;
4720
4721 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4722 }
4723
4724 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4725 //
4726 int
4727 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4728 {
4729 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4730 gridEvt.SetString(s);
4731
4732 const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4733
4734 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4735 if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4736 return -1;
4737
4738 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4739 }
4740
4741 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4742 {
4743 // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4744 wxPaintDC dc(this);
4745 }
4746
4747 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4748 {
4749 // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4750 // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4751 if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4752 {
4753 // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4754 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4755
4756 if (rect)
4757 {
4758 int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4759 int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4760 int x, y;
4761
4762 // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4763 rect_x = rect->GetX();
4764 rect_y = rect->GetY();
4765 rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4766 rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4767
4768 width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4769 if (width_label > rectWidth)
4770 width_label = rectWidth;
4771
4772 height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4773 if (height_label > rectHeight)
4774 height_label = rectHeight;
4775
4776 if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4777 {
4778 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4779 width_cell = rectWidth;
4780 }
4781 else
4782 {
4783 x = 0;
4784 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4785 }
4786
4787 if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4788 {
4789 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4790 height_cell = rectHeight;
4791 }
4792 else
4793 {
4794 y = 0;
4795 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4796 }
4797
4798 // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4799 if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4800 {
4801 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4802 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4803 }
4804
4805 // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4806 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4807 {
4808 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4809 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4810 }
4811
4812 // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4813 if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4814 {
4815 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4816 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4817 }
4818
4819 // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4820 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4821 {
4822 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4823 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4824 }
4825 }
4826 else
4827 {
4828 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4829 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4830 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4831 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4832 }
4833 }
4834 }
4835
4836 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4837 {
4838 if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4839 {
4840 // reposition our children windows
4841 CalcWindowSizes();
4842 }
4843 }
4844
4845 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4846 {
4847 if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4848 {
4849 // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4850 //
4851 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4852 }
4853
4854 m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4855
4856 // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4857 wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4858 wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4859 keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4860
4861 if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4862 {
4863 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4864 {
4865 if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4866 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4867 else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4868 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4869 }
4870
4871 // try local handlers
4872 switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4873 {
4874 case WXK_UP:
4875 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4876 MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4877 else
4878 MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4879 break;
4880
4881 case WXK_DOWN:
4882 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4883 MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4884 else
4885 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4886 break;
4887
4888 case WXK_LEFT:
4889 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4890 MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4891 else
4892 MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4893 break;
4894
4895 case WXK_RIGHT:
4896 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4897 MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4898 else
4899 MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4900 break;
4901
4902 case WXK_RETURN:
4903 case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4904 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4905 {
4906 event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return
4907 }
4908 else
4909 {
4910 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4911 {
4912 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4913 }
4914 else
4915 {
4916 // at the bottom of a column
4917 DisableCellEditControl();
4918 }
4919 }
4920 break;
4921
4922 case WXK_ESCAPE:
4923 ClearSelection();
4924 break;
4925
4926 case WXK_TAB:
4927 if (event.ShiftDown())
4928 {
4929 if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
4930 {
4931 MoveCursorLeft( false );
4932 }
4933 else
4934 {
4935 // at left of grid
4936 DisableCellEditControl();
4937 }
4938 }
4939 else
4940 {
4941 if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
4942 {
4943 MoveCursorRight( false );
4944 }
4945 else
4946 {
4947 // at right of grid
4948 DisableCellEditControl();
4949 }
4950 }
4951 break;
4952
4953 case WXK_HOME:
4954 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4955 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4956 0);
4957 break;
4958
4959 case WXK_END:
4960 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4961 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4962 m_numCols - 1);
4963 break;
4964
4965 case WXK_PAGEUP:
4966 MovePageUp();
4967 break;
4968
4969 case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4970 MovePageDown();
4971 break;
4972
4973 case WXK_SPACE:
4974 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4975 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4976 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4977 {
4978 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4979 m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4980 break;
4981
4982 case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4983 m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4984 break;
4985
4986 case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4987 m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4988 m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
4989 break;
4990
4991 case wxMOD_NONE:
4992 if ( !IsEditable() )
4993 {
4994 MoveCursorRight(false);
4995 break;
4996 }
4997 //else: fall through
4998
4999 default:
5000 event.Skip();
5001 }
5002 break;
5003
5004 default:
5005 event.Skip();
5006 break;
5007 }
5008 }
5009
5010 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
5011 }
5012
5013 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
5014 {
5015 // try local handlers
5016 //
5017 if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
5018 {
5019 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5020 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5021 {
5022 if ( m_selection )
5023 {
5024 m_selection->SelectBlock(
5025 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
5026 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
5027 event);
5028 }
5029 }
5030
5031 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5032 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5033 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5034 }
5035 }
5036
5037 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
5038 {
5039 // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
5040 if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
5041 {
5042 // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
5043 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5044 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5045 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5046 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5047
5048 // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
5049 // other keys - ask the editor itself
5050 if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
5051 || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
5052 {
5053 // ensure cell is visble
5054 MakeCellVisible(row, col);
5055 EnableCellEditControl();
5056
5057 // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
5058 // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
5059 // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
5060 // crash the app
5061 if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5062 editor->StartingKey(event);
5063 }
5064 else
5065 {
5066 event.Skip();
5067 }
5068
5069 editor->DecRef();
5070 attr->DecRef();
5071 }
5072 else
5073 {
5074 event.Skip();
5075 }
5076 }
5077
5078 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
5079 {
5080 }
5081
5082 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5083 {
5084 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
5085 {
5086 // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
5087 return false;
5088 }
5089
5090 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5091 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5092 PrepareDC( dc );
5093 #endif
5094
5095 if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5096 {
5097 DisableCellEditControl();
5098
5099 if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5100 {
5101 wxRect r;
5102 r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
5103 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5104 {
5105 r.x--;
5106 r.y--;
5107 r.width++;
5108 r.height++;
5109 }
5110
5111 wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
5112
5113 // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
5114 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5115
5116 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
5117 m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
5118 #else
5119 DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
5120 DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
5121 #endif
5122 }
5123 }
5124
5125 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5126
5127 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
5128 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5129 DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
5130 #endif
5131 attr->DecRef();
5132
5133 return true;
5134 }
5135
5136 void
5137 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
5138 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5139 {
5140 MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
5141 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5142
5143 if ( m_selection )
5144 {
5145 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
5146 {
5147 default:
5148 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
5149 // fall through
5150
5151 case wxGridSelectCells:
5152 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
5153 // coordinates as is
5154 break;
5155
5156 case wxGridSelectRows:
5157 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
5158 // full rows
5159 leftCol = 0;
5160 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
5161 break;
5162
5163 case wxGridSelectColumns:
5164 // same as above but for columns
5165 topRow = 0;
5166 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
5167 break;
5168
5169 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
5170 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
5171 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
5172 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
5173 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
5174 // not useful)
5175 return;
5176 }
5177 }
5178
5179 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
5180 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
5181
5182 wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
5183 updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5184
5185 // First the case that we selected a completely new area
5186 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
5187 m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5188 {
5189 wxRect rect;
5190 rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
5191 wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
5192 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5193 }
5194
5195 // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
5196 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
5197 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
5198 {
5199 // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
5200 // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
5201 // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
5202 wxRect rect[4];
5203 bool need_refresh[4];
5204 need_refresh[0] =
5205 need_refresh[1] =
5206 need_refresh[2] =
5207 need_refresh[3] = false;
5208 int i;
5209
5210 // Store intermediate values
5211 wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
5212 wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
5213 wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
5214 wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
5215
5216 // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
5217 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
5218 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
5219 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
5220 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
5221
5222 // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
5223 // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
5224 // is contained in the other.
5225
5226 if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
5227 {
5228 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5229 // area to the left of the old or new selection.
5230 need_refresh[0] = true;
5231 rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5232 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ),
5233 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
5234 }
5235
5236 if ( oldTop < topRow )
5237 {
5238 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5239 // area above the old or new selection.
5240 need_refresh[1] = true;
5241 rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5242 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
5243 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
5244 }
5245
5246 if ( oldRight > rightCol )
5247 {
5248 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5249 // area to the right of the old or new selection.
5250 need_refresh[2] = true;
5251 rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5252 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
5253 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
5254 }
5255
5256 if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
5257 {
5258 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5259 // area below the old or new selection.
5260 need_refresh[3] = true;
5261 rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5262 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
5263 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
5264 }
5265
5266 // various Refresh() calls
5267 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
5268 if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
5269 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
5270 }
5271
5272 // change selection
5273 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
5274 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
5275 }
5276
5277 //
5278 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
5279 //
5280
5281 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5282 {
5283 // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5284 HideCellEditControl();
5285
5286 if ( m_table )
5287 {
5288 // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5289 //
5290 m_gridWin->Refresh();
5291 return true;
5292 }
5293
5294 return false;
5295 }
5296
5297 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5298 {
5299 int row, col;
5300
5301 // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5302 // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5303 // I think so ...
5304 DisableCellEditControl();
5305
5306 if ( m_table )
5307 {
5308 for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5309 {
5310 for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5311 {
5312 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5313 }
5314 }
5315
5316 return true;
5317 }
5318
5319 return false;
5320 }
5321
5322 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5323 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5324 // CalcExposedCells)
5325 //
5326 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5327 {
5328 if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5329 return;
5330
5331 int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5332 int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5333 wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5334
5335 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5336 {
5337 row = cells[i].GetRow();
5338 col = cells[i].GetCol();
5339 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5340
5341 // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5342 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5343 {
5344 wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5345 bool marked = false;
5346 for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5347 {
5348 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5349 {
5350 marked = true;
5351 break;
5352 }
5353 }
5354
5355 if (!marked)
5356 {
5357 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5358 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5359 {
5360 if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5361 {
5362 marked = true;
5363 break;
5364 }
5365 }
5366
5367 if (!marked)
5368 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5369 }
5370
5371 // don't bother drawing this cell
5372 continue;
5373 }
5374
5375 // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5376 if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5377 {
5378 for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5379 {
5380 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5381 int left = col;
5382 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5383 if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5384 (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5385 {
5386 left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5387 }
5388
5389 if (left == col)
5390 left = 0; // oh well
5391
5392 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5393 {
5394 if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5395 {
5396 if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5397 {
5398 wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5399 bool marked = false;
5400
5401 for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5402 {
5403 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5404 {
5405 marked = true;
5406 break;
5407 }
5408 }
5409
5410 if (!marked)
5411 {
5412 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5413 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5414 {
5415 if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5416 {
5417 marked = true;
5418 break;
5419 }
5420 }
5421 if (!marked)
5422 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5423 }
5424 }
5425 break;
5426 }
5427 }
5428 }
5429 }
5430
5431 DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5432 }
5433
5434 numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5435
5436 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5437 {
5438 DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5439 }
5440 }
5441
5442 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5443 {
5444 int cw, ch;
5445 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5446
5447 int right, bottom;
5448 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5449
5450 int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5451 int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5452
5453 if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5454 {
5455 int left, top;
5456 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5457
5458 dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5459 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5460
5461 if ( right > rightCol )
5462 {
5463 dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5464 }
5465
5466 if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5467 {
5468 dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5469 }
5470 }
5471 }
5472
5473 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5474 {
5475 int row = coords.GetRow();
5476 int col = coords.GetCol();
5477
5478 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5479 return;
5480
5481 // we draw the cell border ourselves
5482 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5483
5484 bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5485
5486 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5487
5488 // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5489 // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5490 if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5491 {
5492 // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5493 // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5494 // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5495 // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5496 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5497 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5498 editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
5499 editor->DecRef();
5500 #endif
5501 }
5502 else
5503 {
5504 // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5505 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5506 renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5507 renderer->DecRef();
5508 }
5509
5510 attr->DecRef();
5511 }
5512
5513 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5514 {
5515 // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5516 if ( !HasFocus() )
5517 return;
5518
5519 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5520 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5521
5522 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5523 return;
5524
5525 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5526
5527 // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5528 // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5529 // it doesn't look really good
5530
5531 int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5532
5533 if (penWidth > 0)
5534 {
5535 // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5536 // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5537 // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5538 // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5539 // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5540 rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5541 rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5542 rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5543 rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5544
5545 // Now draw the rectangle
5546 // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5547 // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5548 dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5549 : m_cellHighlightColour,
5550 penWidth));
5551 dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5552 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5553 }
5554 }
5555
5556 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5557 {
5558 return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5559 }
5560
5561 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5562 {
5563 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5564 }
5565
5566 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5567 {
5568 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5569 }
5570
5571 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5572 {
5573 int row = coords.GetRow();
5574 int col = coords.GetCol();
5575 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5576 return;
5577
5578
5579 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5580
5581 // right hand border
5582 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5583 dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5584 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5585
5586 // bottom border
5587 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5588 dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5589 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5590 }
5591
5592 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5593 {
5594 // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5595 // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5596 //
5597 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5598 m_numRows && m_numCols )
5599 {
5600 m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5601 }
5602
5603 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5604 {
5605 // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5606 return;
5607 }
5608
5609 // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5610 // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5611 size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5612 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5613 {
5614 wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5615
5616 // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5617 // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5618 // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5619 // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5620 // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5621 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5622 {
5623 int rows = 0,
5624 cols = 0;
5625 GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5626
5627 if ( rows < 0 )
5628 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5629
5630 if ( cols < 0 )
5631 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5632 }
5633
5634 if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5635 {
5636 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5637 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5638 attr->DecRef();
5639
5640 break;
5641 }
5642 }
5643 }
5644
5645 // Used by wxGrid::Render() to draw the grid lines only for the cells in the
5646 // specified range.
5647 void
5648 wxGrid::DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5649 const wxRegion& reg,
5650 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
5651 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
5652 {
5653 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5654 return;
5655
5656 int top, left, width, height;
5657 reg.GetBox( left, top, width, height );
5658
5659 // create a clipping region
5660 wxRegion clippedcells( dc.LogicalToDeviceX( left ),
5661 dc.LogicalToDeviceY( top ),
5662 dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( width ),
5663 dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( height ) );
5664
5665 // subtract multi cell span area from clipping region for lines
5666 wxRect rect;
5667 for ( int row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
5668 {
5669 for ( int col = topLeft.GetCol(); col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
5670 {
5671 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5672 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5673 if ( cell_rows > 1 || cell_cols > 1 ) // multi cell
5674 {
5675 rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5676 // cater for scaling
5677 // device origin already set in ::Render() for x, y
5678 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5679 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5680 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5681 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5682 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5683 }
5684 else if ( cell_rows < 0 || cell_cols < 0 ) // part of multicell
5685 {
5686 rect = CellToRect( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5687 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5688 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5689 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5690 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5691 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5692 }
5693 }
5694 }
5695
5696 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5697
5698 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5699 top, left, top + height, left + width,
5700 topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
5701 bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol());
5702
5703 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5704 }
5705
5706 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5707 // has been changed
5708 //
5709 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5710 {
5711 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5712 return;
5713
5714 int top, bottom, left, right;
5715
5716 int cw, ch;
5717 m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5718 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5719 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5720
5721 // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5722 if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5723 {
5724 if ( !m_numCols )
5725 return;
5726
5727 const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5728 if ( right > lastColRight )
5729 right = lastColRight;
5730 }
5731
5732 if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5733 {
5734 if ( !m_numRows )
5735 return;
5736
5737 const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5738 if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5739 bottom = lastRowBottom;
5740 }
5741
5742 // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5743 int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5744 int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5745 int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5746 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5747
5748 wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5749
5750 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5751 wxRect rect;
5752
5753 for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5754 {
5755 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5756 {
5757 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5758
5759 GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5760 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5761 {
5762 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5763 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5764 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5765 }
5766 else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5767 {
5768 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5769 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5770 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5771 }
5772 }
5773 }
5774
5775 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5776
5777 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5778 top, left, bottom, right,
5779 topRow, leftCol, m_numRows, m_numCols);
5780
5781 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5782 }
5783
5784 void
5785 wxGrid::DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5786 int top, int left,
5787 int bottom, int right,
5788 int topRow, int leftCol,
5789 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5790 {
5791 // horizontal grid lines
5792 for ( int i = topRow; i < bottomRow; i++ )
5793 {
5794 int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5795
5796 if ( bot > bottom )
5797 break;
5798
5799 if ( bot >= top )
5800 {
5801 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5802 dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5803 }
5804 }
5805
5806 // vertical grid lines
5807 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < rightCol; colPos++ )
5808 {
5809 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5810
5811 int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5812 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5813 if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5814 #endif
5815 colRight--;
5816
5817 if ( colRight > right )
5818 break;
5819
5820 if ( colRight >= left )
5821 {
5822 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5823 dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5824 }
5825 }
5826 }
5827
5828 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5829 {
5830 if ( !m_numRows )
5831 return;
5832
5833 const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5834 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5835 {
5836 DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5837 }
5838 }
5839
5840 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5841 {
5842 if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5843 return;
5844
5845 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5846 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5847
5848 // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5849 // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5850 // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5851 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5852 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5853 : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5854 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5855
5856 wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5857 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5858
5859 int hAlign, vAlign;
5860 GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5861
5862 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5863 rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5864 }
5865
5866 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5867 {
5868 if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5869 return;
5870
5871 delete m_colWindow;
5872 m_useNativeHeader = native;
5873
5874 CreateColumnWindow();
5875
5876 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5877 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5878 CalcWindowSizes();
5879 }
5880
5881 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5882 {
5883 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5884 "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5885
5886 m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5887 if (native)
5888 {
5889 int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5890 SetColLabelSize( height );
5891 }
5892
5893 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5894 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5895 }
5896
5897 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5898 {
5899 if ( !m_numCols )
5900 return;
5901
5902 const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5903 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5904 {
5905 DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5906 }
5907 }
5908
5909 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5910 {
5911 wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5912
5913 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5914 {
5915 rect.Deflate(1);
5916
5917 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5918 }
5919 else
5920 {
5921 rect.width++;
5922 rect.height++;
5923
5924 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5925 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5926 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
5927 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
5928 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
5929 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
5930
5931 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5932 }
5933 }
5934
5935 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
5936 {
5937 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
5938 return;
5939
5940 int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
5941
5942 wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
5943 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5944 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5945 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
5946 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
5947 : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
5948 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
5949
5950 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5951 {
5952 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
5953 (
5954 GetColLabelWindow(),
5955 dc,
5956 rect,
5957 0,
5958 IsSortingBy(col)
5959 ? IsSortOrderAscending()
5960 ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
5961 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
5962 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
5963 );
5964 rect.Deflate(2);
5965 }
5966 else
5967 {
5968 // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
5969 // artefacts, see #12055.
5970 wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
5971 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5972
5973 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5974 }
5975
5976 int hAlign, vAlign;
5977 GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5978 const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
5979
5980 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
5981 }
5982
5983 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
5984 // we just have to add textOrientation support
5985 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
5986 const wxString& value,
5987 const wxRect& rect,
5988 int horizAlign,
5989 int vertAlign,
5990 int textOrientation ) const
5991 {
5992 wxArrayString lines;
5993
5994 StringToLines( value, lines );
5995
5996 DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
5997 }
5998
5999 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
6000 const wxArrayString& lines,
6001 const wxRect& rect,
6002 int horizAlign,
6003 int vertAlign,
6004 int textOrientation) const
6005 {
6006 if ( lines.empty() )
6007 return;
6008
6009 wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
6010
6011 long textWidth,
6012 textHeight;
6013
6014 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6015 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
6016 else
6017 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
6018
6019 int x = 0,
6020 y = 0;
6021 switch ( vertAlign )
6022 {
6023 case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
6024 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6025 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
6026 else
6027 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
6028 break;
6029
6030 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6031 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6032 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
6033 else
6034 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
6035 break;
6036
6037 case wxALIGN_TOP:
6038 default:
6039 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6040 y = rect.y + 1;
6041 else
6042 x = rect.x + 1;
6043 break;
6044 }
6045
6046 // Align each line of a multi-line label
6047 size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
6048 for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
6049 {
6050 const wxString& line = lines[l];
6051
6052 if ( line.empty() )
6053 {
6054 *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
6055 continue;
6056 }
6057
6058 wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
6059 lineHeight = 0;
6060 dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
6061
6062 switch ( horizAlign )
6063 {
6064 case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
6065 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6066 x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
6067 else
6068 y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
6069 break;
6070
6071 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6072 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6073 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
6074 else
6075 y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
6076 break;
6077
6078 case wxALIGN_LEFT:
6079 default:
6080 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6081 x = rect.x + 1;
6082 else
6083 y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
6084 break;
6085 }
6086
6087 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6088 {
6089 dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
6090 y += lineHeight;
6091 }
6092 else
6093 {
6094 dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
6095 x += lineHeight;
6096 }
6097 }
6098 }
6099
6100 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
6101 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
6102 //
6103 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
6104 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
6105 {
6106 int startPos = 0;
6107 int pos;
6108 wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
6109 wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
6110
6111 while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6112 {
6113 pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
6114 if ( pos < 0 )
6115 {
6116 break;
6117 }
6118 else if ( pos == 0 )
6119 {
6120 lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
6121 }
6122 else
6123 {
6124 lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
6125 }
6126
6127 startPos += pos + 1;
6128 }
6129
6130 if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6131 {
6132 lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
6133 }
6134 }
6135
6136 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
6137 const wxArrayString& lines,
6138 long *width, long *height ) const
6139 {
6140 wxCoord w = 0;
6141 wxCoord h = 0;
6142 wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
6143
6144 size_t i;
6145 for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
6146 {
6147 dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
6148 w = wxMax( w, lineW );
6149 h += lineH;
6150 }
6151
6152 *width = w;
6153 *height = h;
6154 }
6155
6156 //
6157 // ------ Batch processing.
6158 //
6159 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
6160 {
6161 if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
6162 {
6163 m_batchCount--;
6164 if ( !m_batchCount )
6165 {
6166 CalcDimensions();
6167 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6168 m_colWindow->Refresh();
6169 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6170 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6171 }
6172 }
6173 }
6174
6175 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
6176 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
6177 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
6178 //
6179 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
6180 {
6181 BeginBatch();
6182 EndBatch();
6183 }
6184
6185 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
6186 {
6187 if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
6188 return false;
6189
6190 // redraw in the new state
6191 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6192
6193 return true;
6194 }
6195
6196 //
6197 // ------ Edit control functions
6198 //
6199
6200 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
6201 {
6202 if ( edit != m_editable )
6203 {
6204 if (!edit)
6205 EnableCellEditControl(edit);
6206 m_editable = edit;
6207 }
6208 }
6209
6210 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
6211 {
6212 if (! m_editable)
6213 return;
6214
6215 if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6216 {
6217 if ( enable )
6218 {
6219 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
6220 return;
6221
6222 // this should be checked by the caller!
6223 wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
6224
6225 // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
6226 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6227
6228 ShowCellEditControl();
6229 }
6230 else
6231 {
6232 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
6233
6234 HideCellEditControl();
6235 SaveEditControlValue();
6236
6237 // do it after HideCellEditControl()
6238 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6239 }
6240 }
6241 }
6242
6243 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
6244 {
6245 wxGridCellAttr*
6246 attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6247 bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
6248 attr->DecRef();
6249
6250 return readonly;
6251 }
6252
6253 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
6254 {
6255 return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
6256 !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
6257 }
6258
6259 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
6260 {
6261 // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
6262 // current one if it's read only
6263 return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
6264 }
6265
6266 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
6267 {
6268 bool isShown = false;
6269
6270 if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6271 {
6272 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6273 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6274 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6275 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
6276 attr->DecRef();
6277
6278 if ( editor )
6279 {
6280 if ( editor->IsCreated() )
6281 {
6282 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
6283 }
6284
6285 editor->DecRef();
6286 }
6287 }
6288
6289 return isShown;
6290 }
6291
6292 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
6293 {
6294 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6295 {
6296 if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6297 {
6298 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
6299 return;
6300 }
6301 else
6302 {
6303 wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
6304 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6305 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6306
6307 // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
6308 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6309 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6310 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6311 {
6312 row += cell_rows;
6313 col += cell_cols;
6314 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
6315 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
6316 }
6317
6318 // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
6319 // might not cover the entire cell
6320 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6321 PrepareDC( dc );
6322 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6323 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
6324 dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
6325 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6326
6327 // convert to scrolled coords
6328 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6329
6330 int nXMove = 0;
6331 if (rect.x < 0)
6332 nXMove = rect.x;
6333
6334 // cell is shifted by one pixel
6335 // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
6336 // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
6337 // "don't change."
6338 if (rect.x > 0)
6339 rect.x--;
6340 if (rect.y > 0)
6341 rect.y--;
6342
6343 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6344 if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
6345 {
6346 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
6347 new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
6348
6349 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
6350 wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
6351 this,
6352 row,
6353 col,
6354 editor->GetControl());
6355 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6356 }
6357
6358 // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6359 int maxWidth = rect.width;
6360 wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6361 if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6362 {
6363 int y;
6364 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6365 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6366 maxWidth = rect.width;
6367 }
6368
6369 int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6370 if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6371 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6372
6373 if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6374 {
6375 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6376 // may have changed earlier
6377 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6378 {
6379 int c_rows, c_cols;
6380 GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6381
6382 // looks weird going over a multicell
6383 if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6384 (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6385 {
6386 rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6387 }
6388 else
6389 break;
6390 }
6391
6392 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6393 rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6394 }
6395
6396 editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6397 editor->SetSize( rect );
6398 if (nXMove != 0)
6399 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6400 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6401 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6402 editor->Show( true, attr );
6403
6404 // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6405 // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6406 CalcDimensions();
6407
6408 editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6409 editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6410
6411 editor->DecRef();
6412 attr->DecRef();
6413 }
6414 }
6415 }
6416
6417 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6418 {
6419 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6420 {
6421 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6422 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6423
6424 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6425 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6426 const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6427 editor->Show( false );
6428 editor->DecRef();
6429 attr->DecRef();
6430
6431 // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6432 //
6433 // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6434 // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6435 // editor precisely because we lost focus
6436 if ( editorHadFocus )
6437 m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6438
6439 // refresh whole row to the right
6440 wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6441 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6442 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6443
6444 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6445 // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6446 rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6447 #endif
6448
6449 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6450 }
6451 }
6452
6453 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6454 {
6455 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6456 {
6457 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6458 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6459
6460 wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6461
6462 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6463 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6464
6465 wxString newval;
6466 bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6467
6468 if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6469 {
6470 editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6471
6472 // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6473 // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6474 // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6475 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6476 {
6477 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6478 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6479 }
6480 }
6481
6482 editor->DecRef();
6483 attr->DecRef();
6484 }
6485 }
6486
6487 //
6488 // ------ Grid location functions
6489 // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6490 // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6491 // coordinates for mouse events etc.
6492 //
6493
6494 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6495 {
6496 int row = YToRow(y);
6497 int col = XToCol(x);
6498
6499 return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6500 : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6501 }
6502
6503 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6504 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6505 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used
6506 // for large grids)
6507 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6508 bool clipToMinMax,
6509 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6510 {
6511 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6512
6513 if ( coord < 0 )
6514 return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6515
6516 const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6517 wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6518
6519 int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6520 minPos = 0;
6521
6522 // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6523 // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6524 const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6525 if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6526 {
6527 if ( maxPos < numLines )
6528 return maxPos;
6529
6530 return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6531 }
6532
6533
6534 // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search
6535 if ( maxPos >= numLines )
6536 {
6537 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6538 }
6539 else
6540 {
6541 if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)])
6542 {
6543 minPos = maxPos;
6544 const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this);
6545 if ( minDist )
6546 maxPos = coord / minDist;
6547 else
6548 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6549 }
6550
6551 if ( maxPos >= numLines )
6552 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6553 }
6554
6555 // check if the position is beyond the last column
6556 const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6557 if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6558 return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6559
6560 // or before the first one
6561 const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6562 if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6563 return 0;
6564
6565
6566 // finally do perform the binary search
6567 while ( minPos < maxPos )
6568 {
6569 wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6570 coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6571 -1,
6572 "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6573
6574 if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6575 return maxPos;
6576 else
6577 maxPos--;
6578
6579 const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6580 if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6581 maxPos = median;
6582 else
6583 minPos = median;
6584 }
6585
6586 return maxPos;
6587 }
6588
6589 int
6590 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6591 bool clipToMinMax,
6592 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6593 {
6594 int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6595
6596 return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6597 }
6598
6599 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6600 {
6601 return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6602 }
6603
6604 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6605 {
6606 return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6607 }
6608
6609 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6610 {
6611 return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6612 }
6613
6614 // return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if
6615 // not near an edge.
6616 //
6617 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6618 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6619 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6620 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6621 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6622 {
6623 const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6624
6625 if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6626 {
6627 // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6628 // to start or end border, respectively.
6629 if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6630 return line;
6631 else if ( line > 0 &&
6632 pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6633 line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6634 {
6635 return oper.GetLineBefore(this, line);
6636 }
6637 }
6638
6639 return -1;
6640 }
6641
6642 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6643 {
6644 return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6645 }
6646
6647 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6648 {
6649 return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6650 }
6651
6652 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6653 {
6654 wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6655
6656 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6657 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6658 {
6659 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6660 rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6661 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6662 // if negative then find multicell owner
6663 if (cell_rows < 0)
6664 row += cell_rows;
6665 if (cell_cols < 0)
6666 col += cell_cols;
6667 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6668
6669 rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6670 rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6671 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6672 rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6673 for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6674 rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6675
6676 // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6677 if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6678 {
6679 rect.width -= 1;
6680 rect.height -= 1;
6681 }
6682 }
6683
6684 return rect;
6685 }
6686
6687 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6688 {
6689 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6690 //
6691 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6692
6693 // convert to device coords
6694 //
6695 int left, top, right, bottom;
6696 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6697 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6698
6699 // check against the client area of the grid window
6700 int cw, ch;
6701 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6702
6703 if ( wholeCellVisible )
6704 {
6705 // is the cell wholly visible ?
6706 return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6707 top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6708 }
6709 else
6710 {
6711 // is the cell partly visible ?
6712 //
6713 return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6714 ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6719 // of scrolling
6720 //
6721 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6722 {
6723 int i;
6724 int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6725
6726 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6727 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6728 {
6729 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6730 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6731
6732 // convert to device coords
6733 int left, top, right, bottom;
6734 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6735 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6736
6737 int cw, ch;
6738 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6739
6740 if ( top < 0 )
6741 {
6742 ypos = r.GetTop();
6743 }
6744 else if ( bottom > ch )
6745 {
6746 int h = r.GetHeight();
6747 ypos = r.GetTop();
6748 for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6749 {
6750 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6751 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6752 break;
6753
6754 h += rowHeight;
6755 ypos -= rowHeight;
6756 }
6757
6758 // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6759 // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6760 // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6761 //
6762 // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6763 // so just add a full scroll unit...
6764 ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6765 }
6766
6767 // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6768 // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6769 // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6770 // if ( left < 0 )
6771 if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6772 {
6773 xpos = r.GetLeft();
6774 }
6775 else if ( right > cw )
6776 {
6777 // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6778 int x0, y0;
6779 CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6780 xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6781
6782 // see comment for ypos above
6783 xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6784 }
6785
6786 if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6787 {
6788 if ( xpos != -1 )
6789 xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6790 if ( ypos != -1 )
6791 ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6792 Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6793 AdjustScrollbars();
6794 }
6795 }
6796 }
6797
6798 //
6799 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6800 //
6801
6802 bool
6803 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6804 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6805 {
6806 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6807 return false;
6808
6809 if ( expandSelection )
6810 {
6811 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6812 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6813 coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6814
6815 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6816 return false;
6817
6818 diroper.Advance(coords);
6819
6820 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6821 }
6822 else // don't expand selection
6823 {
6824 ClearSelection();
6825
6826 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6827 return false;
6828
6829 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6830 diroper.Advance(coords);
6831
6832 GoToCell(coords);
6833 }
6834
6835 return true;
6836 }
6837
6838 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6839 {
6840 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6841 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6842 }
6843
6844 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6845 {
6846 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6847 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6848 }
6849
6850 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6851 {
6852 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6853 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6854 }
6855
6856 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6857 {
6858 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6859 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6860 }
6861
6862 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6863 {
6864 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6865 return false;
6866
6867 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6868 return false;
6869
6870 const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6871 int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6872 if ( newRow == oldRow )
6873 {
6874 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6875 diroper.Advance(coords);
6876 newRow = coords.GetRow();
6877 }
6878
6879 GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6880
6881 return true;
6882 }
6883
6884 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6885 {
6886 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6887 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6888 }
6889
6890 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6891 {
6892 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6893 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6894 }
6895
6896 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6897 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6898 void
6899 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6900 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6901 {
6902 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6903 {
6904 diroper.Advance(coords);
6905 if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6906 break;
6907 }
6908 }
6909
6910 bool
6911 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6912 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6913 {
6914 if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6915 return false;
6916
6917 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6918 return false;
6919
6920 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6921 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6922 {
6923 // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6924 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6925 }
6926 else // current cell is not empty
6927 {
6928 diroper.Advance(coords);
6929 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6930 {
6931 // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
6932 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6933 }
6934 else // we're in a middle of a block
6935 {
6936 // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
6937 // empty one
6938 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6939 {
6940 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
6941 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
6942 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
6943 break;
6944
6945 coords = coordsNext;
6946 }
6947 }
6948 }
6949
6950 if ( expandSelection )
6951 {
6952 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6953 }
6954 else
6955 {
6956 ClearSelection();
6957 GoToCell(coords);
6958 }
6959
6960 return true;
6961 }
6962
6963 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
6964 {
6965 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6966 expandSelection,
6967 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
6968 );
6969 }
6970
6971 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
6972 {
6973 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6974 expandSelection,
6975 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
6976 );
6977 }
6978
6979 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
6980 {
6981 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6982 expandSelection,
6983 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
6984 );
6985 }
6986
6987 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
6988 {
6989 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6990 expandSelection,
6991 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
6992 );
6993 }
6994
6995 //
6996 // ------ Label values and formatting
6997 //
6998
6999 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7000 {
7001 if ( horiz )
7002 *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
7003 if ( vert )
7004 *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
7005 }
7006
7007 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7008 {
7009 if ( horiz )
7010 *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
7011 if ( vert )
7012 *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign;
7013 }
7014
7015 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
7016 {
7017 return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
7018 }
7019
7020 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
7021 {
7022 if ( m_table )
7023 {
7024 return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
7025 }
7026 else
7027 {
7028 wxString s;
7029 s << row;
7030 return s;
7031 }
7032 }
7033
7034 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
7035 {
7036 if ( m_table )
7037 {
7038 return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
7039 }
7040 else
7041 {
7042 wxString s;
7043 s << col;
7044 return s;
7045 }
7046 }
7047
7048 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
7049 {
7050 wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7051
7052 if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7053 {
7054 width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
7055 }
7056
7057 if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
7058 {
7059 if ( width == 0 )
7060 {
7061 m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
7062 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7063 }
7064 else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
7065 {
7066 m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
7067 if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
7068 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7069 }
7070
7071 m_rowLabelWidth = width;
7072 CalcWindowSizes();
7073 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7074 }
7075 }
7076
7077 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
7078 {
7079 wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7080
7081 if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7082 {
7083 height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
7084 }
7085
7086 if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
7087 {
7088 if ( height == 0 )
7089 {
7090 m_colWindow->Show( false );
7091 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7092 }
7093 else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
7094 {
7095 m_colWindow->Show( true );
7096 if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
7097 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7098 }
7099
7100 m_colLabelHeight = height;
7101 CalcWindowSizes();
7102 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7103 }
7104 }
7105
7106 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
7107 {
7108 if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
7109 {
7110 m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
7111 m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7112 m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7113 m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7114
7115 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7116 {
7117 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7118 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7119 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7120 }
7121 }
7122 }
7123
7124 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
7125 {
7126 if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
7127 {
7128 m_labelTextColour = colour;
7129 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7130 {
7131 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7132 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7133 }
7134 }
7135 }
7136
7137 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
7138 {
7139 m_labelFont = font;
7140 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7141 {
7142 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7143 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7144 }
7145 }
7146
7147 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7148 {
7149 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7150 switch ( horiz )
7151 {
7152 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7153 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7154 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7155 }
7156
7157 switch ( vert )
7158 {
7159 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7160 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7161 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7162 }
7163
7164 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7165 {
7166 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7167 }
7168
7169 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7170 {
7171 m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
7172 }
7173
7174 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7175 {
7176 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7177 }
7178 }
7179
7180 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7181 {
7182 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7183 switch ( horiz )
7184 {
7185 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7186 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7187 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7188 }
7189
7190 switch ( vert )
7191 {
7192 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7193 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7194 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7195 }
7196
7197 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7198 {
7199 m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7200 }
7201
7202 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7203 {
7204 m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
7205 }
7206
7207 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7208 {
7209 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7210 }
7211 }
7212
7213 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
7214 // does not support vertical printing
7215 //
7216 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
7217 // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
7218 // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
7219 //
7220 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
7221 {
7222 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
7223 m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
7224
7225 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7226 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7227 }
7228
7229 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
7230 {
7231 if ( m_table )
7232 {
7233 m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
7234 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7235 {
7236 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
7237 if ( rect.height > 0 )
7238 {
7239 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7240 rect.x = 0;
7241 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
7242 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
7243 }
7244 }
7245 }
7246 }
7247
7248 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
7249 {
7250 if ( m_table )
7251 {
7252 m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
7253 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7254 {
7255 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7256 {
7257 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7258 }
7259 else
7260 {
7261 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
7262 if ( rect.width > 0 )
7263 {
7264 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7265 rect.y = 0;
7266 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7267 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7268 }
7269 }
7270 }
7271 }
7272 }
7273
7274 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
7275 {
7276 if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
7277 {
7278 m_gridLineColour = colour;
7279
7280 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7281 RedrawGridLines();
7282 }
7283 }
7284
7285 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
7286 {
7287 if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
7288 {
7289 m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
7290
7291 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7292 PrepareDC( dc );
7293 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7294 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7295 attr->DecRef();
7296 }
7297 }
7298
7299 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
7300 {
7301 if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
7302 {
7303 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
7304
7305 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7306 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7307 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7308 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7309 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7310 return;
7311
7312 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7313 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7314 }
7315 }
7316
7317 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
7318 {
7319 if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
7320 {
7321 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
7322
7323 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7324 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7325 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7326 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7327 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
7328 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7329 return;
7330
7331 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7332 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7333 }
7334 }
7335
7336 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
7337 {
7338 // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
7339 if ( GetBatchCount() )
7340 return;
7341
7342 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7343 {
7344 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7345 PrepareDC( dc );
7346 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
7347 }
7348 else // remove the grid lines
7349 {
7350 m_gridWin->Refresh();
7351 }
7352 }
7353
7354 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
7355 {
7356 if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7357 {
7358 m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7359
7360 RedrawGridLines();
7361 }
7362 }
7363
7364 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7365 {
7366 if ( clip != var )
7367 {
7368 var = clip;
7369
7370 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7371 RedrawGridLines();
7372 }
7373 }
7374
7375 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7376 {
7377 return m_defaultRowHeight;
7378 }
7379
7380 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7381 {
7382 wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7383
7384 return GetRowHeight(row);
7385 }
7386
7387 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7388 {
7389 return m_defaultColWidth;
7390 }
7391
7392 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7393 {
7394 wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7395
7396 return GetColWidth(col);
7397 }
7398
7399 // ============================================================================
7400 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7401 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7402 // ============================================================================
7403
7404 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7405 // setting default attributes
7406 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7407
7408 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7409 {
7410 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7411 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7412 m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7413 #endif
7414 }
7415
7416 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7417 {
7418 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7419 }
7420
7421 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7422 {
7423 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7424 }
7425
7426 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7427 {
7428 m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7429 }
7430
7431 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7432 {
7433 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7434 }
7435
7436 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7437 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7438 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7439 // work correctly.
7440
7441 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7442 {
7443 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7444 renderer,
7445 GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7446 }
7447
7448 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7449 {
7450 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7451 GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7452 editor);
7453 }
7454
7455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7456 // access to the default attributes
7457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7458
7459 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7460 {
7461 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7462 }
7463
7464 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7465 {
7466 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7467 }
7468
7469 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7470 {
7471 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7472 }
7473
7474 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7475 {
7476 m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7477 }
7478
7479 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7480 {
7481 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7482 }
7483
7484 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7485 {
7486 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7487 }
7488
7489 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7490 {
7491 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7492 }
7493
7494 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7495 // access to cell attributes
7496 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7497
7498 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7499 {
7500 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7501 wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7502 attr->DecRef();
7503
7504 return colour;
7505 }
7506
7507 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7508 {
7509 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7510 wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7511 attr->DecRef();
7512
7513 return colour;
7514 }
7515
7516 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7517 {
7518 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7519 wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7520 attr->DecRef();
7521
7522 return font;
7523 }
7524
7525 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7526 {
7527 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7528 attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7529 attr->DecRef();
7530 }
7531
7532 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7533 {
7534 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7535 bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7536 attr->DecRef();
7537
7538 return allow;
7539 }
7540
7541 wxGrid::CellSpan
7542 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7543 {
7544 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7545 attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7546 attr->DecRef();
7547
7548 if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7549 return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7550
7551 if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7552 return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7553
7554 // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7555 return CellSpan_Main;
7556 }
7557
7558 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7559 {
7560 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7561 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7562 attr->DecRef();
7563
7564 return renderer;
7565 }
7566
7567 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7568 {
7569 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7570 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7571 attr->DecRef();
7572
7573 return editor;
7574 }
7575
7576 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7577 {
7578 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7579 bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7580 attr->DecRef();
7581
7582 return isReadOnly;
7583 }
7584
7585 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7586 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7587 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7588
7589 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7590 {
7591 if ( !m_table )
7592 {
7593 return false;
7594 }
7595
7596 return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7597 }
7598
7599 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7600 {
7601 if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7602 {
7603 wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7604 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7605 m_attrCache.row = -1;
7606 // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7607 // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7608 // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7609 // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7610 wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7611 }
7612 }
7613
7614 void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col)
7615 {
7616 if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col )
7617 ClearAttrCache();
7618 }
7619
7620
7621 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7622 {
7623 if ( attr != NULL )
7624 {
7625 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
7626
7627 self->ClearAttrCache();
7628 self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7629 self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7630 self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7631 wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7632 }
7633 }
7634
7635 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7636 {
7637 if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7638 {
7639 *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7640 wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7641
7642 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7643 gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7644 #endif
7645
7646 return true;
7647 }
7648 else
7649 {
7650 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7651 gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7652 #endif
7653
7654 return false;
7655 }
7656 }
7657
7658 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7659 {
7660 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7661 // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7662 // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7663 if ( row >= 0 )
7664 {
7665 if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7666 {
7667 attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7668 : NULL;
7669 CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7670 }
7671 }
7672
7673 if (attr)
7674 {
7675 attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7676 }
7677 else
7678 {
7679 attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7680 attr->IncRef();
7681 }
7682
7683 return attr;
7684 }
7685
7686 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7687 {
7688 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7689 bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7690
7691 wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7692 wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7693
7694 attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7695 if ( !attr )
7696 {
7697 attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7698
7699 // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7700 attr->IncRef();
7701 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7702 }
7703
7704 return attr;
7705 }
7706
7707 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7708 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7709 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7710
7711 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7712 {
7713 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7714 }
7715
7716 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7717 {
7718 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7719 }
7720
7721 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7722 {
7723 wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7724 if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7725 {
7726 typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7727 }
7728
7729 SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7730 }
7731
7732 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7733 {
7734 wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7735 if (!attr)
7736 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7737 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7738 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7739 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7740 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7741
7742 SetColAttr(col, attr);
7743
7744 }
7745
7746 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7747 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7748 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7749
7750 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7751 {
7752 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7753 {
7754 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7755 ClearAttrCache();
7756 }
7757 else
7758 {
7759 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7764 {
7765 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7766 {
7767 m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7768 ClearAttrCache();
7769 }
7770 else
7771 {
7772 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7773 }
7774 }
7775
7776 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7777 {
7778 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7779 {
7780 m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7781 ClearAttrCache();
7782 }
7783 else
7784 {
7785 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7786 }
7787 }
7788
7789 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7790 {
7791 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7792 {
7793 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7794 attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7795 attr->DecRef();
7796 }
7797 }
7798
7799 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7800 {
7801 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7802 {
7803 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7804 attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7805 attr->DecRef();
7806 }
7807 }
7808
7809 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7810 {
7811 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7812 {
7813 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7814 attr->SetFont(font);
7815 attr->DecRef();
7816 }
7817 }
7818
7819 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7820 {
7821 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7822 {
7823 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7824 attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7825 attr->DecRef();
7826 }
7827 }
7828
7829 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7830 {
7831 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7832 {
7833 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7834 attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7835 attr->DecRef();
7836 }
7837 }
7838
7839 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7840 {
7841 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7842 {
7843 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7844
7845 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7846 attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7847 attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7848 attr->DecRef();
7849
7850 // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7851 // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7852 // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7853 // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7854 wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7855 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7856 wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7857 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7858
7859 // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7860 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7861 {
7862 int i, j;
7863 for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7864 {
7865 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7866 {
7867 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7868 {
7869 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7870 attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7871 attr_stub->DecRef();
7872 }
7873 }
7874 }
7875 }
7876
7877 // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7878 // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7879 if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7880 {
7881 int i, j;
7882 for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7883 {
7884 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7885 {
7886 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7887 {
7888 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7889 attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7890 attr_stub->DecRef();
7891 }
7892 }
7893 }
7894 }
7895 }
7896 }
7897
7898 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7899 {
7900 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7901 {
7902 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7903 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7904 attr->DecRef();
7905 }
7906 }
7907
7908 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7909 {
7910 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7911 {
7912 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7913 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7914 attr->DecRef();
7915 }
7916 }
7917
7918 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7919 {
7920 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7921 {
7922 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7923 attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
7924 attr->DecRef();
7925 }
7926 }
7927
7928 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7929 // Data type registration
7930 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7931
7932 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
7933 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
7934 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7935 {
7936 m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
7937 }
7938
7939
7940 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
7941 {
7942 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
7943 return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7944 }
7945
7946 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
7947 {
7948 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
7949 return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7950 }
7951
7952 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
7953 {
7954 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
7955 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
7956 {
7957 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
7958
7959 return NULL;
7960 }
7961
7962 return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
7963 }
7964
7965 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
7966 {
7967 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
7968 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
7969 {
7970 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
7971
7972 return NULL;
7973 }
7974
7975 return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
7976 }
7977
7978 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7979 // row/col size
7980 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7981
7982 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
7983 {
7984 if ( !setFixed )
7985 {
7986 setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
7987 }
7988
7989 setFixed->insert(line);
7990 }
7991
7992 bool
7993 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
7994 {
7995 return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
7996 }
7997
7998 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
7999 {
8000 m_canDragRowSize = enable;
8001 }
8002
8003 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
8004 {
8005 m_canDragColSize = enable;
8006 }
8007
8008 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
8009 {
8010 m_canDragGridSize = enable;
8011 }
8012
8013 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
8014 {
8015 m_canDragCell = enable;
8016 }
8017
8018 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
8019 {
8020 m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
8021
8022 if ( resizeExistingRows )
8023 {
8024 // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
8025 // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
8026 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8027 // some speed optimisations)
8028 m_rowHeights.Empty();
8029 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
8030 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8031 CalcDimensions();
8032 }
8033 }
8034
8035 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
8036 {
8037 wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
8038
8039 // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
8040 if ( height < 0 )
8041 {
8042 long w, h;
8043 wxArrayString lines;
8044 wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
8045 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8046 StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
8047 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8048 //check that it is not less than the minimal height
8049 height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
8050 }
8051
8052 // See comment in SetColSize
8053 if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8054 return;
8055
8056 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
8057 {
8058 // need to really create the array
8059 InitRowHeights();
8060 }
8061
8062 int h = wxMax( 0, height );
8063 int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
8064
8065 m_rowHeights[row] = h;
8066 for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
8067 {
8068 m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
8069 }
8070
8071 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8072 {
8073 CalcDimensions();
8074 Refresh();
8075 }
8076 }
8077
8078 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
8079 {
8080 // we dont allow zero default column width
8081 m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
8082
8083 if ( resizeExistingCols )
8084 {
8085 // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
8086 // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
8087 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8088 // some speed optimisations)
8089 m_colWidths.Empty();
8090 m_colRights.Empty();
8091 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8092 CalcDimensions();
8093 }
8094 }
8095
8096 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
8097 {
8098 wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
8099
8100 // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
8101 if ( width < 0 )
8102 {
8103 long w, h;
8104 wxArrayString lines;
8105 wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
8106 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8107 StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
8108 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
8109 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8110 else
8111 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
8112 width = w + 6;
8113 //check that it is not less than the minimal width
8114 width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
8115 }
8116
8117 // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
8118 // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
8119 // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
8120 // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
8121 // sense of hiding the column
8122 if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
8123 return;
8124
8125 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
8126 {
8127 // need to really create the array
8128 InitColWidths();
8129 }
8130
8131 const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col];
8132 m_colWidths[col] = width;
8133 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8134 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
8135 //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
8136
8137 for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8138 {
8139 m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
8140 }
8141
8142 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8143 {
8144 CalcDimensions();
8145 Refresh();
8146 }
8147 }
8148
8149 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
8150 {
8151 if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
8152 {
8153 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8154 m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
8155 }
8156 }
8157
8158 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
8159 {
8160 if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8161 {
8162 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8163 m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
8164 }
8165 }
8166
8167 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
8168 {
8169 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8170 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
8171
8172 return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8173 }
8174
8175 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
8176 {
8177 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8178 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
8179
8180 return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8181 }
8182
8183 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
8184 {
8185 // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
8186 // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
8187 if ( width >= 0 )
8188 m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
8189 }
8190
8191 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
8192 {
8193 // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
8194 // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
8195 if ( height >= 0 )
8196 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
8197 }
8198
8199 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
8200 {
8201 return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8202 }
8203
8204 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
8205 {
8206 return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8207 }
8208
8209 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8210 // auto sizing
8211 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8212
8213 void
8214 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
8215 {
8216 const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
8217
8218 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
8219
8220 // cancel editing of cell
8221 HideCellEditControl();
8222 SaveEditControlValue();
8223
8224 // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
8225 // really needs to be initialized here
8226 int row,
8227 col;
8228 if ( column )
8229 {
8230 row = -1;
8231 col = colOrRow;
8232 }
8233 else
8234 {
8235 row = colOrRow;
8236 col = -1;
8237 }
8238
8239 wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
8240 int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8241 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
8242 {
8243 if ( column )
8244 {
8245 row = rowOrCol;
8246 col = colOrRow;
8247 }
8248 else
8249 {
8250 row = colOrRow;
8251 col = rowOrCol;
8252 }
8253
8254 // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
8255 // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
8256 // this column/row
8257 int numRows, numCols;
8258 const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8259 if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
8260 {
8261 // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
8262 // by it
8263 row += numRows;
8264 col += numCols;
8265
8266 // get the size of the main cell too
8267 GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8268 }
8269
8270 // get cell ( main cell if CellSpan_Inside ) renderer best size
8271 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8272 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
8273 if ( renderer )
8274 {
8275 wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
8276 extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
8277
8278 if ( span != CellSpan_None )
8279 {
8280 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
8281 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
8282 // really do much better here
8283 //
8284 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
8285 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
8286 // of the cell inside it
8287 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
8288 }
8289
8290 if ( extent > extentMax )
8291 extentMax = extent;
8292
8293 renderer->DecRef();
8294 }
8295
8296 attr->DecRef();
8297 }
8298
8299 // now also compare with the column label extent
8300 wxCoord w, h;
8301 dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8302
8303 if ( column )
8304 {
8305 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8306 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
8307 w = h;
8308 }
8309 else
8310 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8311
8312 extent = column ? w : h;
8313 if ( extent > extentMax )
8314 extentMax = extent;
8315
8316 if ( !extentMax )
8317 {
8318 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8319 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8320 extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
8321 }
8322 else
8323 {
8324 if ( column )
8325 // leave some space around text
8326 extentMax += 10;
8327 else
8328 extentMax += 6;
8329 }
8330
8331 if ( column )
8332 {
8333 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
8334 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8335 // in SetColSize().
8336 if ( !setAsMin )
8337 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow));
8338
8339 SetColSize( colOrRow, extentMax );
8340 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8341 {
8342 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8343 {
8344 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(colOrRow);
8345 }
8346 else
8347 {
8348 int cw, ch, dummy;
8349 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8350 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, colOrRow ) );
8351 rect.y = 0;
8352 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
8353 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
8354 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8355 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
8356 }
8357 }
8358 }
8359 else
8360 {
8361 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
8362 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8363 // in SetRowSize().
8364 if ( !setAsMin )
8365 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow));
8366
8367 SetRowSize(colOrRow, extentMax);
8368 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8369 {
8370 int cw, ch, dummy;
8371 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8372 wxRect rect( CellToRect( colOrRow, 0 ) );
8373 rect.x = 0;
8374 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8375 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8376 rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8377 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8378 }
8379 }
8380
8381 if ( setAsMin )
8382 {
8383 if ( column )
8384 SetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow, extentMax);
8385 else
8386 SetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow, extentMax);
8387 }
8388 }
8389
8390 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8391 {
8392 // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8393 const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8394
8395 wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8396 : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8397 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8398
8399 // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8400 //
8401 // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8402 // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8403 const bool
8404 useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8405
8406 wxArrayString lines;
8407 wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8408
8409 const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8410 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8411 {
8412 lines.Clear();
8413
8414 wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8415 : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8416 StringToLines(label, lines);
8417
8418 long w, h;
8419 GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8420
8421 const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8422 if ( extent > extentMax )
8423 extentMax = extent;
8424 }
8425
8426 if ( !extentMax )
8427 {
8428 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8429 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8430 extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8431 : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8432 }
8433
8434 // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8435 if ( calcRows )
8436 extentMax += 10;
8437 else
8438 extentMax += 6;
8439
8440 return extentMax;
8441 }
8442
8443 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8444 {
8445 int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8446
8447 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8448 if(!calcOnly)
8449 locker.Create(this);
8450
8451 for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8452 {
8453 if ( !calcOnly )
8454 AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8455
8456 width += GetColWidth(col);
8457 }
8458
8459 return width;
8460 }
8461
8462 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8463 {
8464 int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8465
8466 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8467 if(!calcOnly)
8468 locker.Create(this);
8469
8470 for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8471 {
8472 if ( !calcOnly )
8473 AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8474
8475 height += GetRowHeight(row);
8476 }
8477
8478 return height;
8479 }
8480
8481 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8482 {
8483 wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8484
8485 wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8486 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8487
8488 // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8489 // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8490 // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8491 SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine,
8492 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8493
8494 SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8495 }
8496
8497 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8498 {
8499 // Hide the edit control, so it
8500 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8501 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8502 {
8503 HideCellEditControl();
8504 SaveEditControlValue();
8505 }
8506
8507 // autosize row height depending on label text
8508 SetRowSize(row, -1);
8509 ForceRefresh();
8510 }
8511
8512 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8513 {
8514 // Hide the edit control, so it
8515 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8516 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8517 {
8518 HideCellEditControl();
8519 SaveEditControlValue();
8520 }
8521
8522 // autosize column width depending on label text
8523 SetColSize(col, -1);
8524 ForceRefresh();
8525 }
8526
8527 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8528 {
8529 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
8530
8531 // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8532 // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8533 wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8534 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8535
8536 // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
8537 // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
8538 // calculation.
8539 // CacheBestSize(size);
8540
8541 return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8542 + GetWindowBorderSize();
8543 }
8544
8545 void wxGrid::Fit()
8546 {
8547 AutoSize();
8548 }
8549
8550 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8551 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8552 {
8553 return wxNullPen;
8554 }
8555 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8556
8557 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8558 // cell value accessor functions
8559 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8560
8561 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8562 {
8563 if ( m_table )
8564 {
8565 m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8566 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8567 {
8568 int dummy;
8569 wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8570 rect.x = 0;
8571 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8572 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8573 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8574 }
8575
8576 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8577 m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8578 IsCellEditControlShown())
8579 // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8580 // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8581 // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8582 {
8583 HideCellEditControl();
8584 ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8585 }
8586 }
8587 }
8588
8589 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8590 // block, row and column selection
8591 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8592
8593 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8594 {
8595 if ( !m_selection )
8596 return;
8597
8598 if ( !addToSelected )
8599 ClearSelection();
8600
8601 m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8602 }
8603
8604 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8605 {
8606 if ( !m_selection )
8607 return;
8608
8609 if ( !addToSelected )
8610 ClearSelection();
8611
8612 m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8613 }
8614
8615 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8616 bool addToSelected)
8617 {
8618 if ( !m_selection )
8619 return;
8620
8621 if ( !addToSelected )
8622 ClearSelection();
8623
8624 m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8625 }
8626
8627 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8628 {
8629 if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8630 {
8631 if ( m_selection )
8632 m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8633 }
8634 }
8635
8636 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8637 // cell, row and col deselection
8638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8639
8640 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8641 {
8642 if ( !m_selection )
8643 return;
8644
8645 const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8646 if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8647 mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8648 {
8649 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8650 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8651 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8652 }
8653 else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8654 {
8655 const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8656 for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8657 {
8658 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8659 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8660 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8661 }
8662 }
8663 //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8664 // could have been selected anyhow
8665 }
8666
8667 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8668 {
8669 DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8670 }
8671
8672 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8673 {
8674 DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8675 }
8676
8677 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8678 {
8679 if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8680 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8681 }
8682
8683 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8684 {
8685 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8686 ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8687 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8688 }
8689
8690 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8691 {
8692 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8693 ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8694 col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8695 row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8696 col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8697 }
8698
8699 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8700 {
8701 if (!m_selection)
8702 {
8703 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8704 return a;
8705 }
8706
8707 return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8708 }
8709
8710 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8711 {
8712 if (!m_selection)
8713 {
8714 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8715 return a;
8716 }
8717
8718 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8719 }
8720
8721 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8722 {
8723 if (!m_selection)
8724 {
8725 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8726 return a;
8727 }
8728
8729 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8730 }
8731
8732 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8733 {
8734 if (!m_selection)
8735 {
8736 wxArrayInt a;
8737 return a;
8738 }
8739
8740 return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8741 }
8742
8743 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8744 {
8745 if (!m_selection)
8746 {
8747 wxArrayInt a;
8748 return a;
8749 }
8750
8751 return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8752 }
8753
8754 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8755 {
8756 wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8757 m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8758 wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8759 m_selectedBlockCorner);
8760
8761 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8762 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8763 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8764
8765 if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8766 RefreshRect(r1, false);
8767 if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8768 RefreshRect(r2, false);
8769
8770 if ( m_selection )
8771 m_selection->ClearSelection();
8772 }
8773
8774 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8775 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8776 //
8777 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8778 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8779 {
8780 wxRect resultRect;
8781 wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8782 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8783 {
8784 resultRect = tempCellRect;
8785 }
8786 else
8787 {
8788 resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8789 }
8790
8791 tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8792 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8793 {
8794 resultRect += tempCellRect;
8795 }
8796 else
8797 {
8798 // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8799 return wxGridNoCellRect;
8800 }
8801
8802 // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8803 int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8804 int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8805 int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8806 int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8807
8808 int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8809 int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8810 int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8811 int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8812
8813 if (left > right)
8814 {
8815 int tmp = left;
8816 left = right;
8817 right = tmp;
8818
8819 tmp = leftCol;
8820 leftCol = rightCol;
8821 rightCol = tmp;
8822 }
8823
8824 if (top > bottom)
8825 {
8826 int tmp = top;
8827 top = bottom;
8828 bottom = tmp;
8829
8830 tmp = topRow;
8831 topRow = bottomRow;
8832 bottomRow = tmp;
8833 }
8834
8835 // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
8836 int cw, ch;
8837 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8838
8839 // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
8840 // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
8841 int gridOriginX = 0;
8842 int gridOriginY = 0;
8843 CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
8844
8845 int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
8846 int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
8847
8848 int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
8849 int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
8850
8851 // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
8852 // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
8853 // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
8854 // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
8855 const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
8856 const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
8857 const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
8858 const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
8859
8860 for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
8861 {
8862 for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
8863 {
8864 if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
8865 (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
8866 {
8867 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
8868
8869 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
8870 left = tempCellRect.x;
8871 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
8872 top = tempCellRect.y;
8873 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
8874 right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
8875 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
8876 bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
8877 }
8878 else
8879 {
8880 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
8881 }
8882 }
8883 }
8884
8885 // Convert to scrolled coords
8886 CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
8887 CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
8888
8889 if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
8890 return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
8891
8892 resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
8893 resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
8894 resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
8895 resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
8896
8897 return resultRect;
8898 }
8899
8900 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
8901 const wxGridOperations& oper)
8902 {
8903 BeginBatch();
8904 oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
8905 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
8906 for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
8907 {
8908 int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
8909 if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
8910 oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
8911 }
8912 EndBatch();
8913 }
8914
8915 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
8916 {
8917 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
8918 }
8919
8920 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
8921 {
8922 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
8923 }
8924
8925 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
8926 {
8927 m_sizeDefault = defSize;
8928 for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
8929 {
8930 if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
8931 m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
8932 }
8933 }
8934
8935 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
8936 {
8937 wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
8938
8939 return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second;
8940 }
8941
8942 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8943 // drop target
8944 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8945
8946 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
8947
8948 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
8949 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
8950 {
8951 GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
8952 }
8953
8954 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
8955
8956 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8957 // grid event classes
8958 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8959
8960 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8961
8962 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8963 int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
8964 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8965 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8966 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8967 {
8968 Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
8969
8970 SetEventObject(obj);
8971 }
8972
8973 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8974
8975 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8976 int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
8977 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8978 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8979 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8980 {
8981 Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
8982
8983 SetEventObject(obj);
8984 }
8985
8986
8987 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8988
8989 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8990 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8991 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
8992 bool sel, bool control,
8993 bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8994 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8995 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8996 {
8997 Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
8998
8999 SetEventObject(obj);
9000 }
9001
9002
9003 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
9004
9005 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
9006 wxObject* obj, int row,
9007 int col, wxControl* ctrl)
9008 : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
9009 {
9010 SetEventObject(obj);
9011 m_row = row;
9012 m_col = col;
9013 m_ctrl = ctrl;
9014 }
9015
9016
9017 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9018 // wxGridTypeRegistry
9019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9020
9021 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
9022 {
9023 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9024 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9025 delete m_typeinfo[i];
9026 }
9027
9028 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9029 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9030 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9031 {
9032 wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
9033
9034 // is it already registered?
9035 int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9036 if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
9037 {
9038 delete m_typeinfo[loc];
9039 m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
9040 }
9041 else
9042 {
9043 m_typeinfo.Add(info);
9044 }
9045 }
9046
9047 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9048 {
9049 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9050 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9051 {
9052 if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
9053 {
9054 return i;
9055 }
9056 }
9057
9058 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9059 }
9060
9061 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9062 {
9063 int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9064 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9065 {
9066 // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
9067 // register it "on the fly"
9068 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9069 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
9070 {
9071 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9072 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9073 new wxGridCellTextEditor);
9074 }
9075 else
9076 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9077 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9078 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
9079 {
9080 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
9081 new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
9082 new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
9083 }
9084 else
9085 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9086 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9087 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
9088 {
9089 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
9090 new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
9091 new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
9092 }
9093 else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
9094 {
9095 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
9096 new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
9097 new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
9098 }
9099 else
9100 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9101 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9102 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
9103 {
9104 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
9105 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9106 new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
9107 }
9108 else
9109 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9110 {
9111 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9112 }
9113
9114 // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
9115 // the last index
9116 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9117 }
9118
9119 return index;
9120 }
9121
9122 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9123 {
9124 int index = FindDataType(typeName);
9125 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9126 {
9127 // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
9128 // are the parameters for the renderer
9129 index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
9130 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9131 {
9132 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9133 }
9134
9135 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
9136 wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
9137 renderer = renderer->Clone();
9138 rendererOld->DecRef();
9139
9140 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
9141 wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
9142 editor = editor->Clone();
9143 editorOld->DecRef();
9144
9145 // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
9146 wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
9147 renderer->SetParameters(params);
9148 editor->SetParameters(params);
9149
9150 // register the new typename
9151 RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9152
9153 // we just registered it, it's the last one
9154 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9155 }
9156
9157 return index;
9158 }
9159
9160 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
9161 {
9162 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
9163 if (renderer)
9164 renderer->IncRef();
9165
9166 return renderer;
9167 }
9168
9169 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
9170 {
9171 wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
9172 if (editor)
9173 editor->IncRef();
9174
9175 return editor;
9176 }
9177
9178 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
wxWidgets (Impactor)